+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Registration Handbook Appendices - Royal Aeronautical Society

Registration Handbook Appendices - Royal Aeronautical Society

Date post: 12-Feb-2022
Category:
Upload: others
View: 10 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
74
Registration Handbook appendices Version 3 (6 April 2016) Auth: PSB REGISTRATION HANDBOOK: APPENDICES Appendix A Guidance for Licensed Aircraft Engineers to registration Appendix B Step by Step Guide to Registration Appendix C Interim Registration information for applicants Appendix D Further Learning Options Appendix E EngTech Assessment Form Appendix F IEng Key Words Form Appendix G CEng Key Words Form Appendix H EngTech PRI Report Form Appendix I IEng Interview Report Form Appendix J CEng Interview Report form Appendix K Guidance for academic applicants (CEng) Appendix L EngC PRI guidance notes Appendix M Engineers Australia MRA Membership Confirmation Form Appendix N IPENZ MEA Membership Confirmation form *Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration, CEng (see web) *Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration, IEng (see web) *Appendix Q Guidance on MoD Civilian Route to Registration CEng (see web) *Appendix R Guidance on MoD Civilian Route to Registration IEng (see web) Appendix S Professional registration the (not so) frequently asked questions Appendix T Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng Appendix U Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng *Available on the RAeS website Please note: this Handbook and Appendices are live documents, under continuous review. Check the RAeS website for the latest version
Transcript

Registration Handbook ndash appendices Version 3 (6 April 2016) Auth PSB

REGISTRATION HANDBOOK APPENDICES Appendix A Guidance for Licensed Aircraft Engineers to registration Appendix B Step by Step Guide to Registration Appendix C Interim Registration ndash information for applicants Appendix D Further Learning Options Appendix E EngTech Assessment Form Appendix F IEng Key Words Form Appendix G CEng Key Words Form Appendix H EngTech PRI Report Form Appendix I IEng Interview Report Form Appendix J CEng Interview Report form Appendix K Guidance for academic applicants (CEng) Appendix L EngC PRI guidance notes Appendix M Engineers Australia MRA ndash Membership Confirmation Form Appendix N IPENZ MEA ndash Membership Confirmation form Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng (see web) Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng (see web) Appendix Q Guidance on MoD Civilian Route to Registration CEng (see web) Appendix R Guidance on MoD Civilian Route to Registration IEng (see web) Appendix S Professional registration ndash the (not so) frequently asked questions Appendix T Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng Appendix U Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Available on the RAeS website

Please note this Handbook and Appendices are live documents under continuous review Check the RAeS website for the latest version

Appendix A GUIDE TO ASSESSING LICENSED AIRCRAFT ENGINEERS 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTRATION 11 The following information will be used by members to guide them with the assessment of applications for registration (see Section 2 of the Registration Handbook) 2 ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN (EngTech) 21 Applicants must hold

bull A valid EASA Part-66 Cat A licence plus current company authorisation on two aircraft types (held for a minimum of 2years) OR

bull A valid EASA Part-66 Category B3 licence plus two type ratings or a group type rating (held for a minimum of two years

(Note The Cat A licence is not type rated Major maintenance does not require a Cat A licence so it would not be proper to set the authorisation on one type as a comparable standard Some companies use the Cat A licence to underpin the authorisation in Base (major) maintenance but this is not in the EASA requirements The key issue is that a Cat A even when authorised for Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) can only certify for work that applicants carry out themselves no supervisory role The B3 licence covers simple light aircraft of limited complexity) 3 INCORPORATED ENGINEER (IEng) 31 Applicants must hold

bull A valid EASA Part -66 Cat C licence with type rating and at least 1 current aircraft authorisation for base maintenance release OR

bull A valid EASA Part-66 Cat B1B2 licence with type ratings and 2 aircraft authorisations for line maintenance or one aircraft authorisation for major maintenance and demonstrate a supervisory function in their current role (including proof of management training Health and Safety Diversity etc)

32 A valid licence from Australia New Zealand and Hong Kong may qualify the applicant on an Individual assessment basis ndash see para 43 (Note Applicants with the licences listed in para 31 issued by the Competent Authority of an EU Member State are deemed to be equivalent to those with the exemplifying qualifications for IEng registration for example an accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology) 4 CHARTERED ENGINEER (CEng) 41 Applicants should hold a valid EASA Part -66 Cat C licence where it has been granted on the basis of a degree that is acceptable to the Society A valid license from Australia New Zealand and Hong Kong may also qualify the applicant ndash see para 43 In addition all applicants should be working in a management position 42 Applicants with a valid EASA Part-66 Cat B1B2 licence who have qualified for an EASA Part-66 Cat C licence without a degree can still be considered for CEng - see para 43 43 All applicants without the exemplifying (ie accredited) qualifications for registration will need their formal and informal education assessed by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel (see Section 3 of the Registration Handbook) 5 GUIDANCE ON THE EUROPEAN AVIATION SAFETY AGENCY (EASA) AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE LICENCE 51 European Regulations and Legislative Framework 511 Regulation (EC) No 1592 2002 introduced European legislation and essential requirements for aviation safety within the European Union The Regulation also established EASA as the European body for

aviation rulemaking and safety which commenced operation on 28th September 2003 Regulation 17022003 introduced requirements for certification of aircraft and products 512 Regulation (EC) 2042 2003 introduced implementing rules for continuing airworthiness matter including

ANNEX I Part M Continuing airworthiness requirements

ANNEX II Part 145 Approval of maintenance organizations - commercial air transport and large aircraft

ANNEX III Part 66 Certifying staff ndash aircraft maintenance licence

ANNEX IV Part 147 Training organisation requirements 52 EASA Part 66 Categories and sub Categories (Part 66A1) 521 The EASA Part 66 licensing system contains three levels of licence 522 The Category A licence is aimed at certifying mechanics with a broad general knowledge The licence holder can following task training within a Part 145 maintenance organisation be issued with a certifying authorisation and have limited capability to certify for the work they personally perform 523 The Category B licence is aimed at certifying technicians and is associated with a higher level of basic and system knowledge The licence holder is required to undertake type training andor examination for the inclusion of type ratings on the licence The Category B licence holder will receive additional training within a Part 145 maintenance organisation be issued with a certifying authorisation which allows the diagnosis of unscheduled defects during line maintenance and have the ability to certify for the rectification work which may be personally performed or carried out by others under their supervision The Category B licence is also used within a base maintenance environment as an underpinning qualification for inspectors and supervisors The Category B licence holder will be able to certify certain small aircraft outside of an approved company environment providing the aircraft are not used for commercial air transport 524 Category A and B licences will also reference sub-categories which are

Aeroplanes Turbine

Aeroplanes Piston

Helicopters Turbine

Helicopters Piston 525 The Category C licence is aimed at certifying engineers who perform a maintenance management and certification function during base maintenance This licence is type rated in a similar manner to the Category B licence but is much more focused on the managing the process of the maintenance activity rather than individual tasks The Category C engineer is supported by Category B staff who sign for the completion of the individual tasks 6 EASA Part 66 Licences 61 The requirements for the issue of an EASA Part 66 licence are defined in Annex III to Regulation 20422003 as amended This includes the syllabus experience requirements and the process for type ratings etc Reference should be made to that document for information on how to obtain an EASA licence 62 An EASA Part 66 licence may only be issued by the Competent Authority of a Member State of the European Union providing there is no restriction on the mutual acceptance of the licence The Civil Aviation Authority is the Competent Authority for the United Kingdom 63 Where a Part 66 licence has been issued on the basis of pre-EASA licences the Part 66 licence may show limitations This reflects a difference between the licence requirements and standards of the pre-EASA licence and the Part 66 requirements 64 For the purposes of registration the limitations will not normally affect eligibility providing the limitations do not restrict a licence to a single technical discipline eg airframe engine instruments etc 65 An EASA Part 66 licence may also contain type endorsements These are issued subject to compliance with the requirements of Part 66 for type training examination and minimum experience The available type ratings are defined in lsquoAcceptable Means of Compliancersquo (AMC) material issued and periodically updated by EASA under an Executive Director Decision Reference should be made to the EASA web-site for the latest information

7 THE BCAR SECTION L LICENCE 71 Applications for the Section L licence are no longer accepted for large aircraft although existing licences will continue to be valid subject to periodic renewal Section L licences will continued to be issued and renewed for aircraft that remain on Annex II to Regulation 2162008 and which are not subject to EASA requirements 8 USEFUL WEBSITES 81 The following link will take you to the regulation page that covers Part 66 and Part 147 which are part of regulation (EC) 20422003 httpeasaeuropaeuregulationsregulation-EC-2042-2003php This provides a link to the EASA web-site page that gives you Regulation 20422003 Annex 1 to that is Part M Annex II is Part 145 Annex III is Part 66 and Annex IV is Part 147 This page gives you the consolidate rule which is the regulation plus any amendments so it is the latest info It also gives you access to the Acceptable Means of Compliance and Guidance material The following link takes you to the Executive Director Decisions httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresagency-decisionsphp Please note the agency decisions document number changes each time the type list is updated The current one is to be found at httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresdocsagency-decisions20112011-008-RDecision202011-008-Rpdf

Appendix B

STEP BY STEP GUIDE TO REGISTRATION

Background

The Engineering Council (EngC) is the body that holds the UK Register of Engineers It sets the standards and defines the requirements for all registered engineers The RAeS is one of forty Engineering Institutions licensed to undertake the registration process on behalf of the EngC All Engineering Institutions work therefore to the same standards and ensure the same requirements are met though the procedures for achieving this vary slightly form Institution to Institution

All Engineering Institutions work to UK-Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UK-SPEC) the EngCrsquos document defining the standards and they must all carry out a Professional Review Interview (PRI) 1 Membership of the RAeS

In order to register as a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Engineering Technician (EngTech) applicants need to hold or apply for the appropriate grade of membership of an Engineering Institution such as RAeS Please visit the Membership pages of the website at httpwwwaerosocietycomMembershipwhichmembership for full details of the entry criteria and how to apply The Registration Application Form is to be used by all applicants for registration including members already holding the appropriate grade of membership those applying to upgrade their membership and those who are currently not in membership

If applying for CEng you must - be a paid up Member (MRAeS) or Fellow (FRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Member (using the Registration Application Form)

If applying for IEng you must - be a paid up Associate Member (AMRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate Member (using the Registration Application

Form)

If applying for EngTech you must - be a paid up Associate (ARAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate (using the Registration Application Form)

2 What are the requirements for registration Interim registration For those who hold accredited qualifications for CEng or IEng it is possible to apply for Interim Registration This can be applied for using either the Societyrsquos Membership Application Form The Qualifying Report is not required but proof of your qualifications must be included Details of the exemplifying qualifications can be found in Annexes A and B below The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form CEng IEng and EngTech registration Requirements for registration are three-fold

a) Academic qualifications that provide the necessary knowledge and technical preparation for each level of registration See Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration

b) Competence to practice and responsible experience at an appropriate level for each level

of registration Details are given in UK-SPEC a link to which can be found on httpwwwaerosocietycomProfessional-RecognitionRegistrationstepbystep-guide See also section 3 d) below for more information

c) Professional Review Interview all applicants for CEng and IEng registration must

successfully undertake a PRI EngTech applicants are not normally required to undertake an interview but in certain instances the Registration Committee may determine that it is necessary

3 Getting ready to apply for full CEng IEng EngTech registration You should decide which closing date and interview date (CEng and IEng applicants) you are aiming for You then need to ensure you have all the necessary information to hand before making your application The key information will be contained in the Qualifying Report (QR) which is the second part of the Registration Application Form and the supporting documentation required Details are given below a) Completing the Qualifying Report (QR) The QR provides the opportunity to give examples to demonstrate how you have achieved the competences set out in UK-SPEC and to demonstrate commitment to on-going professional development it helps the Society decide if an applicant should proceed to interview and gives assessors an indication of possible areas of strength or weakness It also is an excellent preparation for the PRI helping you call to mind and assemble information that you are to be questioned on The five sections in the QR are taken from UK-SPEC This sets out the competences A - E and commitment for registration to be demonstrated which vary for each level of registration For CEng go to pages 20 ndash 27 of UK-SPEC For IEng go to pages 12 ndash 19 of UK-SPEC For EngTech go to pages 8 ndash 11 of UK-SPEC

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix A GUIDE TO ASSESSING LICENSED AIRCRAFT ENGINEERS 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTRATION 11 The following information will be used by members to guide them with the assessment of applications for registration (see Section 2 of the Registration Handbook) 2 ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN (EngTech) 21 Applicants must hold

bull A valid EASA Part-66 Cat A licence plus current company authorisation on two aircraft types (held for a minimum of 2years) OR

bull A valid EASA Part-66 Category B3 licence plus two type ratings or a group type rating (held for a minimum of two years

(Note The Cat A licence is not type rated Major maintenance does not require a Cat A licence so it would not be proper to set the authorisation on one type as a comparable standard Some companies use the Cat A licence to underpin the authorisation in Base (major) maintenance but this is not in the EASA requirements The key issue is that a Cat A even when authorised for Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) can only certify for work that applicants carry out themselves no supervisory role The B3 licence covers simple light aircraft of limited complexity) 3 INCORPORATED ENGINEER (IEng) 31 Applicants must hold

bull A valid EASA Part -66 Cat C licence with type rating and at least 1 current aircraft authorisation for base maintenance release OR

bull A valid EASA Part-66 Cat B1B2 licence with type ratings and 2 aircraft authorisations for line maintenance or one aircraft authorisation for major maintenance and demonstrate a supervisory function in their current role (including proof of management training Health and Safety Diversity etc)

32 A valid licence from Australia New Zealand and Hong Kong may qualify the applicant on an Individual assessment basis ndash see para 43 (Note Applicants with the licences listed in para 31 issued by the Competent Authority of an EU Member State are deemed to be equivalent to those with the exemplifying qualifications for IEng registration for example an accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology) 4 CHARTERED ENGINEER (CEng) 41 Applicants should hold a valid EASA Part -66 Cat C licence where it has been granted on the basis of a degree that is acceptable to the Society A valid license from Australia New Zealand and Hong Kong may also qualify the applicant ndash see para 43 In addition all applicants should be working in a management position 42 Applicants with a valid EASA Part-66 Cat B1B2 licence who have qualified for an EASA Part-66 Cat C licence without a degree can still be considered for CEng - see para 43 43 All applicants without the exemplifying (ie accredited) qualifications for registration will need their formal and informal education assessed by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel (see Section 3 of the Registration Handbook) 5 GUIDANCE ON THE EUROPEAN AVIATION SAFETY AGENCY (EASA) AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE LICENCE 51 European Regulations and Legislative Framework 511 Regulation (EC) No 1592 2002 introduced European legislation and essential requirements for aviation safety within the European Union The Regulation also established EASA as the European body for

aviation rulemaking and safety which commenced operation on 28th September 2003 Regulation 17022003 introduced requirements for certification of aircraft and products 512 Regulation (EC) 2042 2003 introduced implementing rules for continuing airworthiness matter including

ANNEX I Part M Continuing airworthiness requirements

ANNEX II Part 145 Approval of maintenance organizations - commercial air transport and large aircraft

ANNEX III Part 66 Certifying staff ndash aircraft maintenance licence

ANNEX IV Part 147 Training organisation requirements 52 EASA Part 66 Categories and sub Categories (Part 66A1) 521 The EASA Part 66 licensing system contains three levels of licence 522 The Category A licence is aimed at certifying mechanics with a broad general knowledge The licence holder can following task training within a Part 145 maintenance organisation be issued with a certifying authorisation and have limited capability to certify for the work they personally perform 523 The Category B licence is aimed at certifying technicians and is associated with a higher level of basic and system knowledge The licence holder is required to undertake type training andor examination for the inclusion of type ratings on the licence The Category B licence holder will receive additional training within a Part 145 maintenance organisation be issued with a certifying authorisation which allows the diagnosis of unscheduled defects during line maintenance and have the ability to certify for the rectification work which may be personally performed or carried out by others under their supervision The Category B licence is also used within a base maintenance environment as an underpinning qualification for inspectors and supervisors The Category B licence holder will be able to certify certain small aircraft outside of an approved company environment providing the aircraft are not used for commercial air transport 524 Category A and B licences will also reference sub-categories which are

Aeroplanes Turbine

Aeroplanes Piston

Helicopters Turbine

Helicopters Piston 525 The Category C licence is aimed at certifying engineers who perform a maintenance management and certification function during base maintenance This licence is type rated in a similar manner to the Category B licence but is much more focused on the managing the process of the maintenance activity rather than individual tasks The Category C engineer is supported by Category B staff who sign for the completion of the individual tasks 6 EASA Part 66 Licences 61 The requirements for the issue of an EASA Part 66 licence are defined in Annex III to Regulation 20422003 as amended This includes the syllabus experience requirements and the process for type ratings etc Reference should be made to that document for information on how to obtain an EASA licence 62 An EASA Part 66 licence may only be issued by the Competent Authority of a Member State of the European Union providing there is no restriction on the mutual acceptance of the licence The Civil Aviation Authority is the Competent Authority for the United Kingdom 63 Where a Part 66 licence has been issued on the basis of pre-EASA licences the Part 66 licence may show limitations This reflects a difference between the licence requirements and standards of the pre-EASA licence and the Part 66 requirements 64 For the purposes of registration the limitations will not normally affect eligibility providing the limitations do not restrict a licence to a single technical discipline eg airframe engine instruments etc 65 An EASA Part 66 licence may also contain type endorsements These are issued subject to compliance with the requirements of Part 66 for type training examination and minimum experience The available type ratings are defined in lsquoAcceptable Means of Compliancersquo (AMC) material issued and periodically updated by EASA under an Executive Director Decision Reference should be made to the EASA web-site for the latest information

7 THE BCAR SECTION L LICENCE 71 Applications for the Section L licence are no longer accepted for large aircraft although existing licences will continue to be valid subject to periodic renewal Section L licences will continued to be issued and renewed for aircraft that remain on Annex II to Regulation 2162008 and which are not subject to EASA requirements 8 USEFUL WEBSITES 81 The following link will take you to the regulation page that covers Part 66 and Part 147 which are part of regulation (EC) 20422003 httpeasaeuropaeuregulationsregulation-EC-2042-2003php This provides a link to the EASA web-site page that gives you Regulation 20422003 Annex 1 to that is Part M Annex II is Part 145 Annex III is Part 66 and Annex IV is Part 147 This page gives you the consolidate rule which is the regulation plus any amendments so it is the latest info It also gives you access to the Acceptable Means of Compliance and Guidance material The following link takes you to the Executive Director Decisions httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresagency-decisionsphp Please note the agency decisions document number changes each time the type list is updated The current one is to be found at httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresdocsagency-decisions20112011-008-RDecision202011-008-Rpdf

Appendix B

STEP BY STEP GUIDE TO REGISTRATION

Background

The Engineering Council (EngC) is the body that holds the UK Register of Engineers It sets the standards and defines the requirements for all registered engineers The RAeS is one of forty Engineering Institutions licensed to undertake the registration process on behalf of the EngC All Engineering Institutions work therefore to the same standards and ensure the same requirements are met though the procedures for achieving this vary slightly form Institution to Institution

All Engineering Institutions work to UK-Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UK-SPEC) the EngCrsquos document defining the standards and they must all carry out a Professional Review Interview (PRI) 1 Membership of the RAeS

In order to register as a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Engineering Technician (EngTech) applicants need to hold or apply for the appropriate grade of membership of an Engineering Institution such as RAeS Please visit the Membership pages of the website at httpwwwaerosocietycomMembershipwhichmembership for full details of the entry criteria and how to apply The Registration Application Form is to be used by all applicants for registration including members already holding the appropriate grade of membership those applying to upgrade their membership and those who are currently not in membership

If applying for CEng you must - be a paid up Member (MRAeS) or Fellow (FRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Member (using the Registration Application Form)

If applying for IEng you must - be a paid up Associate Member (AMRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate Member (using the Registration Application

Form)

If applying for EngTech you must - be a paid up Associate (ARAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate (using the Registration Application Form)

2 What are the requirements for registration Interim registration For those who hold accredited qualifications for CEng or IEng it is possible to apply for Interim Registration This can be applied for using either the Societyrsquos Membership Application Form The Qualifying Report is not required but proof of your qualifications must be included Details of the exemplifying qualifications can be found in Annexes A and B below The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form CEng IEng and EngTech registration Requirements for registration are three-fold

a) Academic qualifications that provide the necessary knowledge and technical preparation for each level of registration See Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration

b) Competence to practice and responsible experience at an appropriate level for each level

of registration Details are given in UK-SPEC a link to which can be found on httpwwwaerosocietycomProfessional-RecognitionRegistrationstepbystep-guide See also section 3 d) below for more information

c) Professional Review Interview all applicants for CEng and IEng registration must

successfully undertake a PRI EngTech applicants are not normally required to undertake an interview but in certain instances the Registration Committee may determine that it is necessary

3 Getting ready to apply for full CEng IEng EngTech registration You should decide which closing date and interview date (CEng and IEng applicants) you are aiming for You then need to ensure you have all the necessary information to hand before making your application The key information will be contained in the Qualifying Report (QR) which is the second part of the Registration Application Form and the supporting documentation required Details are given below a) Completing the Qualifying Report (QR) The QR provides the opportunity to give examples to demonstrate how you have achieved the competences set out in UK-SPEC and to demonstrate commitment to on-going professional development it helps the Society decide if an applicant should proceed to interview and gives assessors an indication of possible areas of strength or weakness It also is an excellent preparation for the PRI helping you call to mind and assemble information that you are to be questioned on The five sections in the QR are taken from UK-SPEC This sets out the competences A - E and commitment for registration to be demonstrated which vary for each level of registration For CEng go to pages 20 ndash 27 of UK-SPEC For IEng go to pages 12 ndash 19 of UK-SPEC For EngTech go to pages 8 ndash 11 of UK-SPEC

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

aviation rulemaking and safety which commenced operation on 28th September 2003 Regulation 17022003 introduced requirements for certification of aircraft and products 512 Regulation (EC) 2042 2003 introduced implementing rules for continuing airworthiness matter including

ANNEX I Part M Continuing airworthiness requirements

ANNEX II Part 145 Approval of maintenance organizations - commercial air transport and large aircraft

ANNEX III Part 66 Certifying staff ndash aircraft maintenance licence

ANNEX IV Part 147 Training organisation requirements 52 EASA Part 66 Categories and sub Categories (Part 66A1) 521 The EASA Part 66 licensing system contains three levels of licence 522 The Category A licence is aimed at certifying mechanics with a broad general knowledge The licence holder can following task training within a Part 145 maintenance organisation be issued with a certifying authorisation and have limited capability to certify for the work they personally perform 523 The Category B licence is aimed at certifying technicians and is associated with a higher level of basic and system knowledge The licence holder is required to undertake type training andor examination for the inclusion of type ratings on the licence The Category B licence holder will receive additional training within a Part 145 maintenance organisation be issued with a certifying authorisation which allows the diagnosis of unscheduled defects during line maintenance and have the ability to certify for the rectification work which may be personally performed or carried out by others under their supervision The Category B licence is also used within a base maintenance environment as an underpinning qualification for inspectors and supervisors The Category B licence holder will be able to certify certain small aircraft outside of an approved company environment providing the aircraft are not used for commercial air transport 524 Category A and B licences will also reference sub-categories which are

Aeroplanes Turbine

Aeroplanes Piston

Helicopters Turbine

Helicopters Piston 525 The Category C licence is aimed at certifying engineers who perform a maintenance management and certification function during base maintenance This licence is type rated in a similar manner to the Category B licence but is much more focused on the managing the process of the maintenance activity rather than individual tasks The Category C engineer is supported by Category B staff who sign for the completion of the individual tasks 6 EASA Part 66 Licences 61 The requirements for the issue of an EASA Part 66 licence are defined in Annex III to Regulation 20422003 as amended This includes the syllabus experience requirements and the process for type ratings etc Reference should be made to that document for information on how to obtain an EASA licence 62 An EASA Part 66 licence may only be issued by the Competent Authority of a Member State of the European Union providing there is no restriction on the mutual acceptance of the licence The Civil Aviation Authority is the Competent Authority for the United Kingdom 63 Where a Part 66 licence has been issued on the basis of pre-EASA licences the Part 66 licence may show limitations This reflects a difference between the licence requirements and standards of the pre-EASA licence and the Part 66 requirements 64 For the purposes of registration the limitations will not normally affect eligibility providing the limitations do not restrict a licence to a single technical discipline eg airframe engine instruments etc 65 An EASA Part 66 licence may also contain type endorsements These are issued subject to compliance with the requirements of Part 66 for type training examination and minimum experience The available type ratings are defined in lsquoAcceptable Means of Compliancersquo (AMC) material issued and periodically updated by EASA under an Executive Director Decision Reference should be made to the EASA web-site for the latest information

7 THE BCAR SECTION L LICENCE 71 Applications for the Section L licence are no longer accepted for large aircraft although existing licences will continue to be valid subject to periodic renewal Section L licences will continued to be issued and renewed for aircraft that remain on Annex II to Regulation 2162008 and which are not subject to EASA requirements 8 USEFUL WEBSITES 81 The following link will take you to the regulation page that covers Part 66 and Part 147 which are part of regulation (EC) 20422003 httpeasaeuropaeuregulationsregulation-EC-2042-2003php This provides a link to the EASA web-site page that gives you Regulation 20422003 Annex 1 to that is Part M Annex II is Part 145 Annex III is Part 66 and Annex IV is Part 147 This page gives you the consolidate rule which is the regulation plus any amendments so it is the latest info It also gives you access to the Acceptable Means of Compliance and Guidance material The following link takes you to the Executive Director Decisions httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresagency-decisionsphp Please note the agency decisions document number changes each time the type list is updated The current one is to be found at httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresdocsagency-decisions20112011-008-RDecision202011-008-Rpdf

Appendix B

STEP BY STEP GUIDE TO REGISTRATION

Background

The Engineering Council (EngC) is the body that holds the UK Register of Engineers It sets the standards and defines the requirements for all registered engineers The RAeS is one of forty Engineering Institutions licensed to undertake the registration process on behalf of the EngC All Engineering Institutions work therefore to the same standards and ensure the same requirements are met though the procedures for achieving this vary slightly form Institution to Institution

All Engineering Institutions work to UK-Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UK-SPEC) the EngCrsquos document defining the standards and they must all carry out a Professional Review Interview (PRI) 1 Membership of the RAeS

In order to register as a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Engineering Technician (EngTech) applicants need to hold or apply for the appropriate grade of membership of an Engineering Institution such as RAeS Please visit the Membership pages of the website at httpwwwaerosocietycomMembershipwhichmembership for full details of the entry criteria and how to apply The Registration Application Form is to be used by all applicants for registration including members already holding the appropriate grade of membership those applying to upgrade their membership and those who are currently not in membership

If applying for CEng you must - be a paid up Member (MRAeS) or Fellow (FRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Member (using the Registration Application Form)

If applying for IEng you must - be a paid up Associate Member (AMRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate Member (using the Registration Application

Form)

If applying for EngTech you must - be a paid up Associate (ARAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate (using the Registration Application Form)

2 What are the requirements for registration Interim registration For those who hold accredited qualifications for CEng or IEng it is possible to apply for Interim Registration This can be applied for using either the Societyrsquos Membership Application Form The Qualifying Report is not required but proof of your qualifications must be included Details of the exemplifying qualifications can be found in Annexes A and B below The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form CEng IEng and EngTech registration Requirements for registration are three-fold

a) Academic qualifications that provide the necessary knowledge and technical preparation for each level of registration See Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration

b) Competence to practice and responsible experience at an appropriate level for each level

of registration Details are given in UK-SPEC a link to which can be found on httpwwwaerosocietycomProfessional-RecognitionRegistrationstepbystep-guide See also section 3 d) below for more information

c) Professional Review Interview all applicants for CEng and IEng registration must

successfully undertake a PRI EngTech applicants are not normally required to undertake an interview but in certain instances the Registration Committee may determine that it is necessary

3 Getting ready to apply for full CEng IEng EngTech registration You should decide which closing date and interview date (CEng and IEng applicants) you are aiming for You then need to ensure you have all the necessary information to hand before making your application The key information will be contained in the Qualifying Report (QR) which is the second part of the Registration Application Form and the supporting documentation required Details are given below a) Completing the Qualifying Report (QR) The QR provides the opportunity to give examples to demonstrate how you have achieved the competences set out in UK-SPEC and to demonstrate commitment to on-going professional development it helps the Society decide if an applicant should proceed to interview and gives assessors an indication of possible areas of strength or weakness It also is an excellent preparation for the PRI helping you call to mind and assemble information that you are to be questioned on The five sections in the QR are taken from UK-SPEC This sets out the competences A - E and commitment for registration to be demonstrated which vary for each level of registration For CEng go to pages 20 ndash 27 of UK-SPEC For IEng go to pages 12 ndash 19 of UK-SPEC For EngTech go to pages 8 ndash 11 of UK-SPEC

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

7 THE BCAR SECTION L LICENCE 71 Applications for the Section L licence are no longer accepted for large aircraft although existing licences will continue to be valid subject to periodic renewal Section L licences will continued to be issued and renewed for aircraft that remain on Annex II to Regulation 2162008 and which are not subject to EASA requirements 8 USEFUL WEBSITES 81 The following link will take you to the regulation page that covers Part 66 and Part 147 which are part of regulation (EC) 20422003 httpeasaeuropaeuregulationsregulation-EC-2042-2003php This provides a link to the EASA web-site page that gives you Regulation 20422003 Annex 1 to that is Part M Annex II is Part 145 Annex III is Part 66 and Annex IV is Part 147 This page gives you the consolidate rule which is the regulation plus any amendments so it is the latest info It also gives you access to the Acceptable Means of Compliance and Guidance material The following link takes you to the Executive Director Decisions httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresagency-decisionsphp Please note the agency decisions document number changes each time the type list is updated The current one is to be found at httpeasaeuropaeuagency-measuresdocsagency-decisions20112011-008-RDecision202011-008-Rpdf

Appendix B

STEP BY STEP GUIDE TO REGISTRATION

Background

The Engineering Council (EngC) is the body that holds the UK Register of Engineers It sets the standards and defines the requirements for all registered engineers The RAeS is one of forty Engineering Institutions licensed to undertake the registration process on behalf of the EngC All Engineering Institutions work therefore to the same standards and ensure the same requirements are met though the procedures for achieving this vary slightly form Institution to Institution

All Engineering Institutions work to UK-Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UK-SPEC) the EngCrsquos document defining the standards and they must all carry out a Professional Review Interview (PRI) 1 Membership of the RAeS

In order to register as a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Engineering Technician (EngTech) applicants need to hold or apply for the appropriate grade of membership of an Engineering Institution such as RAeS Please visit the Membership pages of the website at httpwwwaerosocietycomMembershipwhichmembership for full details of the entry criteria and how to apply The Registration Application Form is to be used by all applicants for registration including members already holding the appropriate grade of membership those applying to upgrade their membership and those who are currently not in membership

If applying for CEng you must - be a paid up Member (MRAeS) or Fellow (FRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Member (using the Registration Application Form)

If applying for IEng you must - be a paid up Associate Member (AMRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate Member (using the Registration Application

Form)

If applying for EngTech you must - be a paid up Associate (ARAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate (using the Registration Application Form)

2 What are the requirements for registration Interim registration For those who hold accredited qualifications for CEng or IEng it is possible to apply for Interim Registration This can be applied for using either the Societyrsquos Membership Application Form The Qualifying Report is not required but proof of your qualifications must be included Details of the exemplifying qualifications can be found in Annexes A and B below The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form CEng IEng and EngTech registration Requirements for registration are three-fold

a) Academic qualifications that provide the necessary knowledge and technical preparation for each level of registration See Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration

b) Competence to practice and responsible experience at an appropriate level for each level

of registration Details are given in UK-SPEC a link to which can be found on httpwwwaerosocietycomProfessional-RecognitionRegistrationstepbystep-guide See also section 3 d) below for more information

c) Professional Review Interview all applicants for CEng and IEng registration must

successfully undertake a PRI EngTech applicants are not normally required to undertake an interview but in certain instances the Registration Committee may determine that it is necessary

3 Getting ready to apply for full CEng IEng EngTech registration You should decide which closing date and interview date (CEng and IEng applicants) you are aiming for You then need to ensure you have all the necessary information to hand before making your application The key information will be contained in the Qualifying Report (QR) which is the second part of the Registration Application Form and the supporting documentation required Details are given below a) Completing the Qualifying Report (QR) The QR provides the opportunity to give examples to demonstrate how you have achieved the competences set out in UK-SPEC and to demonstrate commitment to on-going professional development it helps the Society decide if an applicant should proceed to interview and gives assessors an indication of possible areas of strength or weakness It also is an excellent preparation for the PRI helping you call to mind and assemble information that you are to be questioned on The five sections in the QR are taken from UK-SPEC This sets out the competences A - E and commitment for registration to be demonstrated which vary for each level of registration For CEng go to pages 20 ndash 27 of UK-SPEC For IEng go to pages 12 ndash 19 of UK-SPEC For EngTech go to pages 8 ndash 11 of UK-SPEC

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix B

STEP BY STEP GUIDE TO REGISTRATION

Background

The Engineering Council (EngC) is the body that holds the UK Register of Engineers It sets the standards and defines the requirements for all registered engineers The RAeS is one of forty Engineering Institutions licensed to undertake the registration process on behalf of the EngC All Engineering Institutions work therefore to the same standards and ensure the same requirements are met though the procedures for achieving this vary slightly form Institution to Institution

All Engineering Institutions work to UK-Standard for Professional Engineering Competence (UK-SPEC) the EngCrsquos document defining the standards and they must all carry out a Professional Review Interview (PRI) 1 Membership of the RAeS

In order to register as a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Engineering Technician (EngTech) applicants need to hold or apply for the appropriate grade of membership of an Engineering Institution such as RAeS Please visit the Membership pages of the website at httpwwwaerosocietycomMembershipwhichmembership for full details of the entry criteria and how to apply The Registration Application Form is to be used by all applicants for registration including members already holding the appropriate grade of membership those applying to upgrade their membership and those who are currently not in membership

If applying for CEng you must - be a paid up Member (MRAeS) or Fellow (FRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Member (using the Registration Application Form)

If applying for IEng you must - be a paid up Associate Member (AMRAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate Member (using the Registration Application

Form)

If applying for EngTech you must - be a paid up Associate (ARAeS) or - submit an application to upgrade from another grade (using the Registration Application

Form) or - make a first time application for Associate (using the Registration Application Form)

2 What are the requirements for registration Interim registration For those who hold accredited qualifications for CEng or IEng it is possible to apply for Interim Registration This can be applied for using either the Societyrsquos Membership Application Form The Qualifying Report is not required but proof of your qualifications must be included Details of the exemplifying qualifications can be found in Annexes A and B below The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form CEng IEng and EngTech registration Requirements for registration are three-fold

a) Academic qualifications that provide the necessary knowledge and technical preparation for each level of registration See Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration

b) Competence to practice and responsible experience at an appropriate level for each level

of registration Details are given in UK-SPEC a link to which can be found on httpwwwaerosocietycomProfessional-RecognitionRegistrationstepbystep-guide See also section 3 d) below for more information

c) Professional Review Interview all applicants for CEng and IEng registration must

successfully undertake a PRI EngTech applicants are not normally required to undertake an interview but in certain instances the Registration Committee may determine that it is necessary

3 Getting ready to apply for full CEng IEng EngTech registration You should decide which closing date and interview date (CEng and IEng applicants) you are aiming for You then need to ensure you have all the necessary information to hand before making your application The key information will be contained in the Qualifying Report (QR) which is the second part of the Registration Application Form and the supporting documentation required Details are given below a) Completing the Qualifying Report (QR) The QR provides the opportunity to give examples to demonstrate how you have achieved the competences set out in UK-SPEC and to demonstrate commitment to on-going professional development it helps the Society decide if an applicant should proceed to interview and gives assessors an indication of possible areas of strength or weakness It also is an excellent preparation for the PRI helping you call to mind and assemble information that you are to be questioned on The five sections in the QR are taken from UK-SPEC This sets out the competences A - E and commitment for registration to be demonstrated which vary for each level of registration For CEng go to pages 20 ndash 27 of UK-SPEC For IEng go to pages 12 ndash 19 of UK-SPEC For EngTech go to pages 8 ndash 11 of UK-SPEC

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

2 What are the requirements for registration Interim registration For those who hold accredited qualifications for CEng or IEng it is possible to apply for Interim Registration This can be applied for using either the Societyrsquos Membership Application Form The Qualifying Report is not required but proof of your qualifications must be included Details of the exemplifying qualifications can be found in Annexes A and B below The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form CEng IEng and EngTech registration Requirements for registration are three-fold

a) Academic qualifications that provide the necessary knowledge and technical preparation for each level of registration See Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration

b) Competence to practice and responsible experience at an appropriate level for each level

of registration Details are given in UK-SPEC a link to which can be found on httpwwwaerosocietycomProfessional-RecognitionRegistrationstepbystep-guide See also section 3 d) below for more information

c) Professional Review Interview all applicants for CEng and IEng registration must

successfully undertake a PRI EngTech applicants are not normally required to undertake an interview but in certain instances the Registration Committee may determine that it is necessary

3 Getting ready to apply for full CEng IEng EngTech registration You should decide which closing date and interview date (CEng and IEng applicants) you are aiming for You then need to ensure you have all the necessary information to hand before making your application The key information will be contained in the Qualifying Report (QR) which is the second part of the Registration Application Form and the supporting documentation required Details are given below a) Completing the Qualifying Report (QR) The QR provides the opportunity to give examples to demonstrate how you have achieved the competences set out in UK-SPEC and to demonstrate commitment to on-going professional development it helps the Society decide if an applicant should proceed to interview and gives assessors an indication of possible areas of strength or weakness It also is an excellent preparation for the PRI helping you call to mind and assemble information that you are to be questioned on The five sections in the QR are taken from UK-SPEC This sets out the competences A - E and commitment for registration to be demonstrated which vary for each level of registration For CEng go to pages 20 ndash 27 of UK-SPEC For IEng go to pages 12 ndash 19 of UK-SPEC For EngTech go to pages 8 ndash 11 of UK-SPEC

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

It is important that you read and understand the UK-SPEC requirements before you attempt to complete your QR As applications for registration are scanned it is essential you ensure that

all documents are printed in black on one side only unstapled and unbound

any charts or other documents on A3 paper are reduced to A4 size before sending as all documentation

You should also bring a copy of your applicationQR when you attend your interview together with any documents you may wish to refer to as supporting evidence NB For Military candidates who hold Letters of Authority for any aspect of your appointment it is essential that you bring these to the PRI When completing the QR note that the column Project NameEvidence Reference should be used to identify the relevant item(s) in your CV to which the evidence of competence relates Exemplars of completed reports which include appropriate evidence to demonstrate competences and commitment can be found on the Societyrsquos web site wwwaerosocietycom Visit the Registration and Accreditation pages There is specific guidance available on the web site for Military MOD Civilian and Academic applicants b) Role of the Professional Referee Your application has to be signed by a registered engineer (who is registered at or higher than the level you are applying for) who acts as a referee It is important that the referee works with you to prepare the QRF and reviews the submission with you before signing the application form They can provide valuable support and guidance and might have gone through the same process to gain registration Signing the application is confirmation not only that they have checked the paperwork but also that they support your application for registration Referees are asked to bear in mind when reviewing applications that PRI assessors will not necessarily be familiar with organisation specific jargon or acronyms and should offer advice accordingly The submission should only contain evidence and documents that are sufficient to support the application the Society committees and assessors are busy people and do not have time to plough through pages of unrelated paperwork You are advised to show the referee this Guide to aid discussions c) QR Appendices

A number of documents have to be appended to the application and QR

i Copies of all your qualifications including a Notification of Performance for HND HNC qualifications Include also a translation of any qualification that is not in English and legal evidence of any change to your surname if it has changed since you obtained them If you do not have the exemplifying qualifications (see Annexes A-C at the end of this document for more information on the academic requirements for each level of registration) and you are confident that you can adequately demonstrate how you meet the competence requirements you should submit your application in the normal way The Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel will review all the information you provide and

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

determine whether you have been able to demonstrate learning to the appropriate level If it is agreed that no further learning is required your application will proceed if however further learning is required you will be advised of the options available to you

ii An organisation chart of your company and your position in it (This is not required for

MRR (Military Route to Registration) CRR (MoD Civilian Route to Registration) applicants or for EngTech applications]

iii A list of relevant training courses attended Please do not send copies of certificates iv A list of papers produced (if applicable) [not required for EngTech applications]

v A Development Action Plan showing your plans for continuing professional

development in the short medium and long term Commitment to maintaining competence is a requirement for all registrants In order to demonstrate this you are asked to submit a brief summary of your plans to continue your professional development in the short medium and long term This may include further study personal research and so forth

vi An account of a technical task include title and details of your role and achievements

This should be 2 pages maximum (optional for MRRCRR applicants and not required for EngTech applications) This should illustrate your application of engineering knowledge and your awareness of the interaction of your work with other disciplines For IEng if you are a Licensed Aircraft Engineer it is suggested that you refer to a modification you had to embody and how you resolved with the design staff the difficulties that always become apparent For other IEng level engineering professionals the Society suggests you take a project - for example an Integrated Project Team job - and emphasise the tasks that you personally did For CEng The task should ideally demonstrate your technical responsibility for the job as well as your managerial responsibility (such as cost resources and schedule) It could include

Design or modification of a piece of equipment indicating the requirements which need to be taken into account from other groups and disciplines (eg structure aerodynamics trade-offs fuel system engine structure interaction)

Introduction of new technology or components again showing cross-discipline interaction and requirements

Investigation into a failure explaining the methodology employed to get to the cause of the problem and the analysis and design work leading to recommendations for a fix

Design of a test campaign for a piece of equipment showing which tests were selected and why and how the testing supports the design certification verification of the process

When making a reapplication for registration those applicants who have previously been unsuccessful at PRI should clearly indicate in their re-submission the steps taken to address the areas of weakness notified to them in their decision letter

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

d) The Competence Requirements The competence requirements are detailed in UK-SPEC and are divided into Standards A ndash E with sub-headings for each one Different aspects of your qualifications work experience and professional development can apply to several sub-headings Evidence must be provided for each sub-heading Standard A should focus on the means by which you have enhanced your underpinning theoretical knowledge to adapt to the requirements of your work environmentrsquo Standard B is essentially about the application of theoretical competence into type equipment specific detail Please give examples of what engineering work you actually perform and for which you hold individual personal responsibility eg part of a team team leader sole responsibility or joint author Standard C (specifically C2) asks for examples of budgetary oversight This can be fulfilled even if you do not personally hold a budget by being involved in for example forecasting staff-hours or parts replacement options C3 and C4 enable you to demonstrate competence in selecting interviewing motivating and mentoring staff for whom you are responsible Standard D requires you to give examples of presenting or working with information to the many levels of aerospace engineering interface Include examples of any kind of presentation or talk given whether at work or in social situations Standard E should include examples of how you plan to develop as a Professional Engineer this should be backed up by your Development Action Plan In addition you should recognise that professionals of any kind should have the willingness and competence to support society in general (be it in a professional capacity or getting involved in activities in your local area) and you will be expected during the interview to give examples of what you do or plan to do e) Supporting evidence You may bring to the PRI Interview any documents which you feel you may wish to refer to during the interview in support of statements you have made in your application Important The Qualifying Report and any other documentation should not include information that is commercially sensitive or that needs security clearance Evidence should be presented in such a way that allows all committee members and registered assessors to view it The assessors are bound by the professional code of conduct in the Societyrsquos By-Laws but are not necessarily security cleared nor is the office environment secure to the necessary standard for handling sensitive information NB The application and QR documents remain the property of the RAeS and will not be available to anybody outside the authority of the Society Send your original signed application and all supporting documents to Professional Standards Officer Royal Aeronautical Society 4 Hamilton Place LONDON W1J 7BQ 4 What is the Professional Review Interview The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is the final stage of the application process for registration at CEng and IEng level As a general rule applicants for EngTech are not routinely interviewed

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

Details of dates and PRI venues are given on the PRI page of the web site wwwaerosocietycom and you should state your preferred grade of registration interview date and location on page 2 of the Membership Application Form Two experienced and trained registered engineers carry out the interview the purpose of which is to check that candidates exercise the appropriate level of responsibility and can demonstrate the competences defined by EngC and also have the commitment to maintain and develop their professional knowledge and abilities A Society or EngC observer may also be present Commitment to future professional development is demonstrated by the submission of a Development Action Plan (DAP) which is a brief outline of the candidates plans in the short medium and long term to keep up to date 5 What happens after the Society receives the application An e-mail will be sent to confirm receipt of your application Additional information may be requested if necessary Payment will be taken for the appropriate administration fees If you have submitted an application for membership or to transfer to the appropriate grade your application will be considered by the Societyrsquos Membership Grading Committee which meets approximately every two months All the information provided for registration is assessed by the Registration Committee to check that you have a reasonable chance of being successful at interview If the documentation shows significant gaps or apparent weaknesses you will be advised accordingly They will be looking for evidence that you have demonstrated that you meet EngCrsquos competence and commitment requirements for registration You will be advised as to whether it has been agreed that you can go forward for the PRI If you do not hold the exemplifying qualifications your application will also be reviewed by the Individual Assessment Panel whose purpose is to ensure that the academic requirements for registration have been met either by suitable study or learning in the workplace An application for registration cannot proceed if there is insufficient evidence that the academic requirement has been met Where the Membership Grading Committee approves the grade of membership applied for an e-mail is sent to confirm the decision and the fees that will be deducted from your credit card shown in the membership application form The certificate of election is sent to applicants and the names of elected members are published in the Societyrsquos magazine Where the Registration Committee approves IEng or CEng registration subject to a successful interview an email is sent to confirm the venue date and time of the interview Applications for EngTech are normally approved by the Registration Committee however in certain circumstances an interview may be required After the PRI Interview the Registration Committee meet to discuss the assessorsrsquo recommendation based on the interview and make the final decision as to registration If successful the applicant is sent a congratulatory e-mail advising that the EngC entry fee will be collected Once payment has been received details of successful applicants are submitted to the EngC who complete the registration process (taking up to twenty days) and once your

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

submission has received EngC approval they will contact you directly with your Registrant ID number Applicants not approved for the level of registration requested will be provided with feedback including outline advice on areas for improvement prior to re-submission Where an application is not satisfied with the outcome every attempt will be made to address their concerns There is also an appeals procedure in the event that the applicant feels that the published procedures have not been followed Details of all relevant procedures including the Appeals Procedure are published in the Registration Handbook Go to wwwaerosocietycomregistration

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

Annex A Academic requirements for CEng Chartered Engineers are professionals who Develop appropriate solutions to engineering problems

Use new or existing technologies through innovation creativity and change

Develop and apply new technologies

Promote advanced designs and design methods

Introduce new and more efficient production techniques marketing and construction concepts

Pioneer new engineering services and management methods

Engage in technical and commercial leadership and

Possess effective interpersonal skills

Engineers become competent for registration through a mixture of education and professional development

The academic requirements for those seeking CEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need the following exemplifying qualifications (or equivalent) EITHER an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering or technology plus

o an appropriate accredited Masters degree o or appropriate further learning to Masters level

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an accredited Bachelors degree with Honours in engineering (or equivalent)

The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in USA Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland New Zealand Japan Taiwan Korea or Singapore it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Washington Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications at universities in countries such as Egypt Russia Sri Lanka Trinidad and Malaysia have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to a CEng accredited degree check the list of accredited courses Add the course number to the application form if your degree is listed

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated

Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying Report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or b) need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited Masters are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

Cranfield University Aircraft Engineering MSc httpwwwcranfieldacuksoeaircrafteng

the Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

the University of the West of England CPDA

httpwww1uweacuketedmcpdapostgraduateawardsaspx

the Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Washington Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite

Annex B Academic requirements for IEng Incorporated Engineers are professionals who

Act as exponents of todayrsquos technology through creativity and innovation

Maintain and manage applications of current and developing technology

Undertake engineering design development manufacture construction and operation

Engage in technical and commercial management and

Possess effective interpersonal skills The academic requirements for those seeking IEng registration are Applicants with UK qualifications Applicants who started their studies on or after 1 September 1999 will need

An accredited Bachelors or Honours degree in engineering or technology

OR a Higher National Certificate or Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

OR an NVQ4 or SVQ4 which has been approved for the purpose by the Society or other professional engineering institution

Applicants who started their studies before 31 August 1999 will need an Higher National Certificate or Diploma The Society accepts any accredited course for registration regardless of the accrediting Engineering Institution For a list of accredited courses go to httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search Applicants should add the course number to the application form if the degree is listed Applicants with non-UK qualifications If your qualification was gained in Canada South Africa Hong Kong Australia Ireland and New Zealand it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Sydney Accord A European qualification might be an acceptable equivalent if it is recognised by FEANI Please submit a copy of the web page with your application if your qualification is shown on either database Qualifications gained at universities in countries such as China Hong Kong Australia or Singapore Sri Lanka and Trinidad have been assessed by UK professional engineering institutions as being equivalent to an IEng accredited degree Please check the list of accredited courses Applicants with other or no qualifications Regardless of your educational background if you are an experienced and responsible engineer you are encouraged to apply for Eng Tech IEng or CEng registration If you do not have recognised qualifications we will review your application (including the Qualifying report) to determine if you a) already have the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence or

b) you need to take some further action to meet the EngCrsquos requirements in full in which case advice is given Details of accredited courses are given on the searchable EngC website

httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

For details of work-based and flexible learning qualifications go to

The Open University httpwww3openacukcoursesbinp12dllC01T398

The Engineering Gateways httpwwwengineeringgatewayscouk

Portsmouth University Partnership Programme

httpwwwportacukdepartmentsacademiclearningatworkpartnershipdegreeprogramme

Website addresses Sydney Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg FEANI httpwwwfeaniorgsite FEANI link to participating country websites httpwwwfeaniorgsiteindexphpid=12

Annex C Academic requirements for EngTech Engineering Technicians are professionals who

Apply proven techniques and procedures to the solution of practical engineering problems

Carry out supervisory or technical responsibilities

Exercise creative aptitudes and skills within defined fields of technology

Contribute to the design development manufacture commissioning decommissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes or services and

Apply safe systems of work The academic requirements for those seeking EngTech registration are as follows

Typically applicants will have successfully completed an AdvancedModern Apprenticeship or other work based learning programme approved by the Society or other professional Engineering Institution This can lead directly to Engineering Technician registration

Alternatively applicants will hold alongside appropriate working experience

- Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in Engineering or

- a qualification approved by a professional Engineering Institution in engineering set at level 3 (or above) in the Qualifications and Credit Framework or at level 6 (or above) in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework or

- equivalent qualifications approved by their professional engineering institution

Though the Society does not have a list of approved UK qualifications the EngC has an online searchable database If your qualification was gained outside the UK it might be an acceptable equivalent if it is listed under the Dublin Accord Website addresses EC searchable database httpwwwengcorgukregistrationacadsearchaspx

Dublin Accord httpwwwwashingtonaccordorg

Appendix C

Interim Registration ndash information for applicants 1 Graduates are encouraged apply for grade of Associate (ARAeS) and for those with accredited engineering degree qualifications Interim Registration for Chartered Engineer (CEng) or Incorporated Engineer (IEng) 2 Interim Registration is a useful option if you aim to become a fully registered engineering professional It can also give Interim Registrants the edge over others without it as it demonstrates to current and future employers an appropriate level of academic achievement and commitment to the profession Though it does not confer a professional title it means they have met the educational standards for full CEng or IEng registration 3 The Society will accept for Interim Registration any accredited course shown on the Engineering Councilrsquos list of all accredited courses httpwwwengcorgukeducation--skillsaccreditationaccredited-course-search 4 What qualifications are needed for Interim Registration 41 For Interim IEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 need an accredited Bachelors or honours degree in engineering or technology 42 For Interim CEng registration applicants who started their UK studies after 1 September 1999 will need

an accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus an appropriate accredited Masters degree

OR an accredited integrated MEng degree 5 How do I apply 51 Complete the application form Tick the ARAeS box at the top of the front page plus the Interim Registration box and enclose a copy of the accredited qualification certificate Both documents should be sent to the Professional Standards Officer at the Society 52 There is an administration fee for Associate payable on application plus an annual membership fee payable on election The Society also collects on behalf of the Engineering Council the annual registration fee normally collected with the annual membership fee 53 The Society will register you with the Engineering Council who send a certificate to you direct when confirming your Interim Registration When you apply in due course for full registration you will need to attach a copy of the accredited qualification certificate with your application this is to meet our audit requirements 6 MyCareerPath - The Societys online Professional Development Tool 61 As applicants for Interim Registration have normally just started their career they are encouraged to join the Societys on-line MyCareerPath to record their skills and work experience against the competences and commitment required for full registration as an IEng or CEng This can be done on the Societyrsquos website httpaerosocietycomProfessional-Recognitionprof-dev

Appendix D Further Learning Options 1 This Appendix shows how Individual Assessment Panel (IAP) members handle an applicant without exemplifying qualifications It also includes the guidance and forms for the Career Appraisal Report and the Technical Report Options 2 The Process 21 Below is a flowchart showing how the Panel handles an applicant without exemplifying qualifications

The Panel decides if 1 Further information is needed or 2 The applicantrsquos qualifications are equivalent or 3 Their qualifications current post and previous experience are sufficient to meet the

academic requirement for registration or 4 Further Learning is needed

The Registration Committee decides if an application for registration can proceed or not applicant is advised accordingly

2 amp 3 The decision that no further learning is needed is recorded

and passed to the Registration

Committee

1 The application proceeds to the

Registration Committee with decision pending on

FL

4 The decision that further learning is needed and the

appropriate options are recorded The application is passed to the

Registration Committee for a decision on suitability for

registration

123 amp 4 If the application for

registration is not approved The applicant is advised to reapply at a

future date

14 if the application is approved staff inform the applicant that they have to

take a FL option and guidance on the Society website is signposted

Applicant has six months to make a decision

12 amp 3 if the application is

approved staff inform the applicant who proceeds to PRI

Applicant completes the FL option and sends proof for consideration by the IAP If accepted the applicant proceeds to PRI

3 CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT (CAR) 31 The CAR is a Option that the Society can recommend to help part-qualified or unqualified applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook 32 Applicants are invited to complete the form which has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng or BEng Honours degree The full descriptor for Masters and Bachelors level degrees and further information are available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk 33 See Annex i for guidance and the CEng CAR form and Annex ii for guidance and the IEng CAR form Exemplars of completed reports and a Word version of the forms can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom 34 Assessment of the Report will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel who may at its discretion also require an applicant to attend an interview relating specifically to the completed CAR 35 Following successful completion of a Career Appraisal Report the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where a Career Appraisal interview is required this must precede the Professional Review Interview It is however possible for both interviews to be conducted on the same day 4 TECHNICAL REPORT OPTION 41 The Technical Report is a Further Learning Option that the Society can recommend to help applicants demonstrate they have gained the same level of knowledge and understanding as those who have the exemplifying qualifications for IEng or CEng registration as outlined in Section 2 of the Registration Handbook For full details on preparing a technical report see below 42 The Report should cover an aspect of engineering practice in the aerospace aeronautical industry It will usually include a written explanation diagrams and calculations which together show an understanding of fundamental engineering principles Some or all of the following are likely to feature in the report

mathematical aspects and calculations use of appropriate software to solve problems and reach engineering solutions application of new and innovative technologies relevant to the subject of the project application of analysis and modelling evaluation and exploitation of sustainable technologies establish fitness for purpose using reliable quantitative methods solution of practical problems scientific knowledge of properties of materials and components and of physical processes selection and use of relevant materials equipment tools processes or products use and apply information from technical knowledge sources application of engineering practices and processes eg design maintenance repair

adaptation analysis of economic social and environmental contexts of the work being described

43 There are three stages in preparing the report and a fee is payable for each one Stage 1 Synopsis Within 6 months of the Society advising the applicant of this Option a draft synopsis giving an outline of what is to be covered in the Report and clearly indicating the technical complexity and appropriateness of the subject should be submitted by email to the Society for initial assessment Feedback will be given and a Mentor appointed If the synopsis is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Once the synopsis is approved the applicant has one year to submit the Technical Report

The Mentor will have experience of reviewing technical papers or will themselves have been a successful TR applicant The mentor will support the applicant and provide advice on the content and subject matter in the synopsis and report comment on final drafts of the two documents and advise on interview presentation style and technique but they will not contribute to the content or style of the papers nor will they be involved in the assessment process Stage 2 Report Applicants have to demonstrate that they have through experience been able to acquire technical knowledge to the same standard as the exemplifying qualification The report must be based on the applicants own experience and demonstrate that they have worked successfully at the level they are seeking registration for detailing specifically how they have applied their knowledge of engineering principles to provide suitable solutions specifically commenting on the contribution the events described made to their formation as an engineer and how engineering principles employed were applied to solve problems Applicants should be aware that this is an ACADEMIC TEST rather than a report of their professional ability its content must be technical pure management studies are not acceptable If the applicant intends to write about a technical management function the application of engineering principles utilized must be clearly demonstrated If the Report is accepted the applicant is invited to interview If the Report is rejected the applicant is asked to re-submit it Stage 3 Interview The interview will test the applicantrsquos range and depth of knowledge and understanding of relevant engineering principles On successful completion of the Technical Report interview the applicant will undertake the Professional Review Interview to complete the process for Registration Where the applicant fails the interview feedback will be given there is an Appeals Policy NB Where possible both interviews may be conducted on the same day 44 Details of fees are available from the Society 45 Guidance on preparing the Synopsis and the Report are given in the following annexes

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) The guidance can also be downloaded as a separate guide from wwwaerosocietycom

Annex i (CEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR CHARTERED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form Exemplars and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB You must be a registered Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed (include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience)

2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgements in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences

3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level

4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development

The completed report should be sent to Deputy Professional Standards Manager Royal Aeronautical Society No4 Hamilton Place London W1J 7BQ

Guidance Notes to completing the CEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for CEng registration

An accredited Bachelors degree with honours in engineering or technology plus either an appropriate Masters degree accredited or approved by a professional engineering institution or appropriate further learning to Masters level or an accredited integrated MEng degree

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide on the enclosed form the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAR) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of an MEng degree The full descriptor for Masters level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding - as distinct from those in engineering management - that will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Please describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HNC HND degree etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list you are expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work Evidence of how you have extended your own technological capability is also required This may be evidenced by how you identify constraints and exploit opportunities for the development and transfer of technology within your chosen field Evidence could also include how you have secured any intellectual property rights and how you develop and evaluation continuous improvement systems 2 How you deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively make sound judgments in the absence of complete data and communicate your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described

Dealing with complex issues both systematically and creatively requires you to demonstrate how you identify and agree appropriate research methodologies and how you assemble the necessary resources You should refer to how you collect analyse and evaluate the relevantavailable data and how you then draft present and agree your findings The ability to demonstrate effective interpersonal skills is part of the Professional Review amp Interview process Communicating your conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences could be evidenced by examples of your providing advice to technical and non-technical colleagues 3 Self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems and the ability to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level It is vital that you clearly demonstrate your personal responsibility You may be a team leader but here you are required to sell yourself and your achievements rather than those of the team Examples could include how you have reviewed the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services and how you have explored the territory within your own responsibilities for new opportunities 4 How you intend to continue to advance your knowledge and understanding and to develop new skills to a high level Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview for CEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to confirm how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through research and experimentation 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of initiative and personal responsibility decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development Chartered Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are require to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex ii (IEng CAR form)

CAREER APPRAISAL REPORT FOR INCORPORATED ENGINEER Please refer to the guidance at the end of the form An exemplar and a Word version of this form can be downloaded from wwwaerosocietycom Please complete this report electronically but the Declaration of Evidences must be signed by you and the professional referee Applicantrsquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by me and the evidence is available for review if necessary

Name of Applicant (please print)

Signed

Date

Professional Refereersquos Declaration The evidence described in this document is a true record of the academic competence that has been demonstrated by this applicant NB must be a registered Incorporated or Chartered Engineer

Name of Professional Referee (please print)

I know this applicant in my capacity as his her (delete as applicable) Mentor Professional Referee Line Manager (delete as applicable) Other (please specify)

I hold IEng CEng registration via (name of institution)

Signed

Date

With reference to your area of professional practice please demonstrate the following

1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience

2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis

3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively

4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations

5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Guidance Notes to completing the IEng Career Appraisal Report a Formal education is the usual though not the only way of demonstrating the underpinning knowledge and understanding for professional competence The following qualifications exemplify the required knowledge and understanding for IEng

An accredited Bachelors degree in engineering or technology OR a Higher National Diploma or a Foundation Degree in engineering or technology plus appropriate further learning to degree level

b Applicants who do not have exemplifying qualifications to demonstrate the required knowledge and understanding may do so in other ways but must clearly demonstrate they have achieved the same level of knowledge and understanding as those with the qualifications The assessment will be made by the Societyrsquos Individual Assessment Panel based on the evidence you provide in this report the purpose of which is to enable you to demonstrate how your work based learning has enabled you to reach the same level of knowledge and understanding as those possessing the exemplifying qualifications required by UK-SPEC c The Career Appraisal Report (CAT) has been designed in accordance with the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education description of the typical ability level of a holder of a Bachelors degree The full descriptor for Bachelors level degrees and further information is available from the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) website at wwwqaaacuk For additional guidance on Further Learning please visit the Professional Registration pages on wwwaerosocietycom d Any work based learning must satisfy the three key elements of Further Learning ie enhanced engineering and science deepening increased technical breadth and increased non-technical broadening Please note that the exemplifying qualifications are in engineering or technology Therefore in demonstrating equivalence it is your engineering knowledge skills and understanding as distinct from those in engineering management will be the focus of the assessment by the Individual Assessment Panel e Applicants are advised to refer to the exemplar of a completed report and to these guidance notes before completing their own report Remember that any evidence provided must relate to your area of professional practice f Please note the Individual Assessment Panel may it its discretion require applicants to attend an interview relating specifically to the Career Appraisal Report g The following guidance refers to each section in the report 1 Your areas of underpinning knowledge and how they have been developed Include details of technical development from academic and industrial training and experience Pleas describe the level of your underpinning knowledge (eg HND etc) It is not sufficient to simply provide a list of any academic programmes you are also expected to demonstrate how your underpinning knowledge has been developed through the course of your work This could be evidenced by how your have broadened and deepened your own knowledge base through new applications and techniques You could also refer to your use of market intelligence and knowledge of technological developments to promote and improve the effectiveness of engineering products systems and services 2 How you use a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis Please describe how you identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks This could be demonstrated by your ability to select a review methodology review the potential for enhancing engineering products processes systems and services using evidence from best practice You could also refer to how you establish an action plan to implement the results of the

review This section also requires you to demonstrate how you contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions and how you implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation Evidence could include your ability to contribute to the identification and specification of design and development requirements for engineering products processes systems and services identify problems and evaluate possible engineering solutions to meet client needs contribute to the design of engineering solutions secure the necessary resources implement design solutions taking account of cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact 3 How you effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences and deploy key techniques of the discipline effectively Please describe the application of your underpinning knowledge and your communication skills In addition to explaining how you apply your knowledge you should also provide examples that demonstrate your ability in the areas described above You should also provide evidence that you have exchanged information and provided advice to technical and non-technical colleagues You could include in this section how you contribute to chair and record meetings and discussions and how you prepare letters documents and reports You should also include in this section how you manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources This could be evidenced by your ability to work to agreed quality standards programme and budget and how you manage work teams and coordinate project activities 4 How you undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable you to assume significant responsibility within organisations Being able to demonstrate a commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) is a vital part of the Professional Review amp Interview process for IEng registration This section requires you to identify the limits of your own personal knowledge and skills and to explain how you intend to address any deficiency Evidence of your commitment to acquire new competences could include further study such as Open University (or other) CPD andor academic programmes an IT course or broadening and deepening your own knowledge base through personal research or experimentation You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the level of competence required to assume significant responsibility within organisations 5 The qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making Incorporated Engineers need to be well-rounded individuals who are able to adapt to various situations As with section 3 here you are required to provide personal examples Evidence could include how you identified the required cost quality safety reliability appearance fitness for purpose and environmental impact of an engineering design Your independent learning ability could be evidenced by demonstrating how you have actively learned from feedback on results to improve future design solutions and build best practice The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility could be evidenced by how you have identified projects and opportunities

Annex iii (TRO Preparing the Synopsis and Report)

Preparing the Synopsis and Technical Report Background A written report is the main vehicle by which an engineer communicates to others the outcome of work done and this applies both in industry and academia Reports may be of a technical nature detailing research or development work a proposal for a programme of work or perhaps more frequently an argument to support a request for funding to complete work Consequently it is essential that all Professional Engineers are proficient in writing reports Generally reports for academia and industry are predominately written in the third person but for the TR option the Applicants personal work must be identifiable along with thought processes and application of engineering principles Therefore the first person is to be used which clearly identifies to the Assessors the actions taken or recommendations made by the Applicant Writing the Synopsis Prior to starting the synopsis it is strongly recommended that you plan the report perhaps in bullet point form A specimen Technical Report Plan is at Annex A below This plan will assist you considerably when writing your synopsis The synopsis is an outline of what is to be covered in the Technical Report It should be of sufficient depth and technical standard to convey to the Assessors the standard of the Technical Report and the appropriateness of the chosen subject A specimen Synopsis is at Annex B Whilst not mandated it is recommended that the following format is adopted

bull Introduction to include the background and rationale for selecting the subject bull Description of the key objectives bull Major challenges faced bull Technical review of engineering principles employed bull Resolution of the objectives bull Lessons learned bull No more than 500 words typewritten single sided on A4 paper with double line spacing

If preferred the plan could be submitted along with the synopsis It is suggested that you await approval of the synopsis prior to commencing work on the Technical Report as the Assessors may ask for points to be amplified or included in the finished report Writing the Technical Report The Technical Report must fulfill four functions these being

The task or problem under consideration must be fully but concisely set out and described

A complete and factual description of the design experiment andor analysis must be provided to ensure the Assessors know exactly the circumstances of the work and any results obtained This must include details of all assumptions made and why they were made details of any analytical methods used or engineering principles applied and descriptions of any decisions made and the thought processes involved

Any observations and deductions made from the results or solutions obtained must be clearly set down Comments on the findings and conclusions are expected These must be your own views (with hindsight if appropriate) and are especially valuable particularly if another project revealed unknown factors that would have been useful in the solution of the original problem

An essential feature of the Technical Report is that it should be objective What is required is a dispassionate account of the task the work undertaken and the conclusions that follow logically from it However this does not preclude the use of persuasive language to press home a point considered important Indeed as a professionally qualified engineer it is expected Above all the report should be precise and concise It is important that the report is within the agreed word count assessment is by quality and not by weight or bulk

The Technical Report should be written for a reader of similar intellect to the Applicant and should not assume anything more than a general knowledge of the technical area concerned Papers prepared for publication in the Proceedings are good guides to the standard required In presenting the mathematics used for analysing results it should be assumed that the reader as a Chartered or Incorporated Engineer has knowledge of calculus and Finite Element Analysis for example but may not be familiar with the application to the solution of specialised equations Very few people can write a good report at the first attempt Ample time should be allowed not only for writing the final report but also for preparing drafts of the various sections The use of a word-processing package can assist greatly in the iteration process Spelling and grammatical errors indicate a lack of attention to detail therefore allow sufficient time for proof reading Some parts of the Technical Report such as a review of other engineersrsquo work or a description of test installations may be contained in Annexes Note that Annexes and Appendices are excluded from the word count Style of the Technical Report The style of the Technical Report is of equal importance as its contents Style in this context means the manner in which the thoughts are expressed in writing In addition to conveying the meaning to the reader material should be presented so that it is pleasurable (or at least not tedious) and interesting to read This entails ensuring that the arguments are presented simply and logically and that attention is given to detailed points such as sentence construction consistent numbering of figures and equations and their correct location within the text The latter demands self discipline almost pedantry when preparing and presenting the report The reader will be much more disposed towards the technical content if not continually distracted by lapses in style or continuity Similarly any diagram chart or photograph used in the explanation should be included as a Figure and located in the text as near as possible to the reference point The acquisition of a good concise style of writing does not come easy However a Professional Engineer should be capable of studying and appraising critically the style of technical reports or any other form of written work for that matter Then perhaps subconsciously begin to use the phrases and construction that is admired in the work of others to generate and develop a personal style Those who read widely are likely to develop their own personal style more readily than those who rely only on their own invention Freedom of style is enhanced by variety of vocabulary and construction Many references are available that deal with written communication [1 amp 2] the presentation of technical information [3] writing for engineers [4 amp 5] and with the writing of a dissertation [6] Whilst it is optional whether or not to purchase a publication (library loans can be an alternative) it is strongly recommended that individuals purchase a good thesaurus [7] and dictionary [8] 3 Although freedom of expression is to be encouraged it is customary in writing technical reports to observe certain conventions of style The chief one is that the report should be written in the third person past tense That is

ldquoThe engine water temperature was measured before each test was commencedrdquo

By adopting this detached style a technical report appears more objective since attention is directed to the work itself rather than the person undertaking it Generally the whole report should be written in this voice except for parts of the Summary the conclusions or where it is necessary to convey the contribution made by the author to some group action or decision The passive voice can become very stilted especially when leading the reader through a long piece of mathematical analysis or when detailing a lengthy and involved argument In such circumstances it is permissible to relieve the rigidity of style by using the first person plural

ldquoBy differentiating the equation [page 22 Equation 6] we obtain helliprdquo or ldquoWe may deduce thathelliprdquo

This relaxation in style should be employed sparingly and care must be taken as the Assessor may ask ldquoWho has deducedrdquo This must be abundantly clear from the text Remember you are writing a report that will be critically analysed by Professional Engineers and assessed against the aims of the TR option It is essential that you present the extent of personal work very clearly indeed as the aim of the report is to convince the Assessors that applied engineering principles have been applied to Masters level for CEng applicants and pass degree for IEng applicants This is an occasion where engineers are required to write a report that ldquoblows ones own trumpetrdquo It is easy to become impatient over matters of style and to believe that it is the content of the work which is important and not the manner in which it is presented However attention to detail will pay dividends during the assessment In fact it could be regarded as discourteous to require the Assessor to wade through a Technical Report that is ungrammatical monotonous obscure and contains numerous spelling mistakes From your perspective unless the report achieves the aim of presenting your abilities and securing an interview there is little point in having written it Lack of attention to detail indicates a lack of professionalism on behalf of the applicant that will result in only one outcome failure Structure of the Technical Report It is difficult to lay down a structure and format that will be appropriate for all reports The expected word count will be established on an individual basis depending on the amount of evidence required to demonstrate the Further Learning requirement The following layout is recommended see Annex C for more details

Title Page Add the purpose of the Report for example ldquoApplication for CEng or IEng Registrationrdquo with date Applicant Declaration of Authenticity Abstract or Summary Summarise the main conclusions or findings and achievements Contents Include a list of Figures Introduction Introduce concisely the form the Report will take and indicate the main topics developments and points to be covered (Like the Abstract it is often better to finalise the Introduction when the Report is finished) Background Aim of the Report or Objectives of the StudyAnalysis Main Body of the Report Detail your knowledge of the subject and give sufficient explanation to demonstrate an understanding of the issues and with the application of engineering principles underpinning the arguments (This section may be divided into relevant sub sections) Discussion Draw together the threads of the developments and arguments in the Report The main points need to be summarised and a logical development of how the points led towards a particular view with regard to the Reportrsquos subject must be demonstrated This section can take a variety of forms for example

bull Summarise the results of your research which point to a particular view on one or a number of issues

bull Outline recommendations for action in a particular field activity or engineering process bull Show how these views on the topic have consolidated or diverged because of the progress

of the investigation Conclusions and Recommendations Provide a considered opinion your work and identify any lessons learned with recommendations for further development or actions Where actions have been taken provide comments on any feedback Alternatively identify what changes you would with hindsight have made or actions you would have done differently

Acknowledgements References Bibliography Nomenclature Annexes and Appendices They should only contain essential evidence published papers historical data research or drawings (including rough drawings and calculations) that support or explain the background a principle or development Appendices should be used to contain information that supports evidence presented in an Annex The text of sections marked with an are not included in the Technical Report word count

As previously highlighted ensure

bull The spelling and grammar are correct throughout the report bull The agreed word count has not be exceeded bull The Report is dated bull The Report is typewritten double spaced printed on single sided A4 paper and securely bound

Acceptable page set up is top 25cm left 25cm bottom 25cm and right 2cm pages must be numbered

bull The Applicantrsquos declaration of the reportrsquos authenticity is included Three copies of the finished report should be submitted with the fee within one year of having the Synopsis accepted An Assessors View Assessors are primarily concerned with the maintenance of standards and in enabling suitably experienced applicants to achieve registration Therefore it is you who is the real beneficiary of your work and consequently every effort must be made to convince the Assessor that the appropriate standard has been achieved for IEng or CEng status Specifically the Assessors will look for details of the following in the report

bull The personal input to the work performed - it is essential that the personal contribution to the subject of the Report is easily identified bull An explanation of why the work was done that way bull The thought processes at the time bull If a team leader the directions given and why bull The decisions made and the rationale behind them bull Any changes that were initiated and why bull With hindsight any changes that would be made

The Difference between the Technical Report Interview and the Professional Review Interview The purpose of the Technical Report and the Technical Report Interview is to enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an equivalent depth of knowledge and understanding of engineering principles at the appropriate academic level to those pursuing the exemplifying route to CEng or IEng registration They will primarily deal in depth with the Further Learning requirement and the competences A and B as described in UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competences (UK-SPEC) available from Engineering Council The Professional Review Interview will enable applicants to demonstrate that they possess an adequate breadth of professionally developed knowledge and understanding across the complete range of the competences A - E expected of engineers in UK-SPEC It should be noted that there may be some overlap between the two reports in the area of competences A and B but it is expected that the Technical Report will be concerned with an academic review of a specific engineering task in some depth whereas the Professional Review Report will cover the broad extent of Applicants competences in many areas The Technical Report procedure including interview must be completed prior to the Professional Review Interview It is possible however for both interviews to be held on the same day Concluding Comments

The foregoing notes are offered as general guidance on report writing and how they are used in preparing the Technical Report Clearly the format and style of a report must be considered in the context of the work being reported In some cases it may be appropriate to vary the format considerably to suit the subject or the intended recipient of the report When writing an industrial or academic report the sponsor of the work should be consulted at all stages during preparation of the report Throughout the Technical Reportrsquos preparation the readers view must be considered and the text periodically reviewed to ensure it remains logical and easy to follow Therefore it is recommended to re-read each section with a critical eye several days after writing it when phrases and construction will have lost familiarity and may now appear clumsy inept or even misleading in retrospect Naturally in industry and academia several people will review the draft report but before completing the final version you should regularly seek the assistance and support of your mentor or someone with no specialised knowledge of the subject Points of poor composition or illogical reasoning will likely be picked up that would otherwise be glossed over by someone who knew the work well The final draft should be read carefully and critically To simulate the intended reader ask a few direct questions like

bull Is the title apt bull Is the abstract intelligible in isolation does it summarise the more important aspects of the work bull Does the introduction put the work into perspective relative to the general field of endeavour bull Are the conclusions meaningful do they relate to the object of the work and follow logically from the

discussion of results bull Is the discussion well thought through and convincing Would it withstand objective and informed

criticism bull Does the report explain adequately what was done and why bull Is the order of presentation logical and the narrative continuous

If the answers to questions such as these are mainly rdquoaffirmrdquo there is a good chance the report will be well received by its readers References 1 Practical English Usage 2nd Edition by Michael Swan Oxford University Press (1995) ISBN 019431197X 2 How English Works A Grammar Practice Book by Penguin by Michael Swan and Catherine Walter Oxford University Press (1997) ISBN 0194314561 3 A Guide to Presenting Technical Information by Clifford Mathews Professional Engineering Publications Ltd (2000) ISBN 1 86058 294-4 4 A Handbook of Writing for Engineers by Joan Van Emden MacMillan Press (1998) ISBN 0 333 72807-6 5 A Guide to Writing as an Engineer by David Beer and David McMurrey John Wiley amp Sons (1997) ISBN 0 471 11715-3 6 Secrets for a Successful Dissertation by Jacqueline Fitzpatrick Jan Secruist and Debra J Wright Sage Publications (1998) ISBN 0 7619 1251-7 7 The New Collins Thesaurus ISBN 0 00 433058-7 8 The Collins Concise Dictionary ISBN 0 00 433160-5 9 The Expert Witness in Court - A Practical Guide 2nd Edition by Catherine Bond Mark Solon and Penny Harper Shaw amp Sons (1999) ISBN 0 7219 1441-1

Annex iv (TRO Specimen Plan) SPECIMEN PLAN Technical Report by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS Introduction

bull 3 Year project o Work commenced about 12 months after the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Research aim - to mitigate the effects of an internal explosion in a passenger aircraft

bull International Scene o First recorded accident 07051943 on DC3 in the Philippines o Between 1976 and 1990 20 confirmed accidents due to placement of explosives o In 1986 25 all fatalities due to deliberate acts o In first 6 months of 1988 215 threats against US Airlines 78 against airliners o In 1988 and 1989 total of 556 fatalities Lockerbie accounted for 270 o Before Lockerbie 12 threats per day After Lockerbie increased to 610 per day o Threats affect all travelling public

bull The threat o Almost all involved scheduled passenger aircraft

200 words (200 words total) Background

bull Review of Past Accidents o Statistics o Analysis o Deductions

bull Mechanics of an Explosion o The Explosion o Explosives o Power of Explosives

1048707 Positive and negative pressures 1048707 Shock waves

bull Report of the Pan Am PA103 accident at Lockerbie o Cause of the aircraft in-flight break up o Potential Remedial Measures

1048707 Direct explosive damage 1048707 Indirect explosive damage 1048707 Reduction of structural damage

o Possible applications to the B747 500 words (700 words total) Aircraft Design Reviewed

bull Philosophy bull Vulnerability of Aircraft Design

1000 words (1700 words total) Design Hypotheses

bull Airline Implications bull Certification Implications bull Design Aim bull What can be done bull Design Schemes

o Containers o Fuselage Skin Panels

1048707 Blow-off skin 1048707 Blow-out skin panels 1048707 Applying blast protection measures

o Armouring o Baggage Pods o Space Frame fuselages o Top mounted containers o Container tubes o Vent tubes o Cavity filling o Systems o Cabin fittings

bull Alternative ground measures o Scanning devices to recognise different materials

2000 words (3700 words total) Concepts

bull Non Starters bull New Aircraft Design bull In Service aircraft

o Container in blast resistant material 1048707 Registration of a patent 1048707 Blast escape route in the fuselage skin 1048707 Blow out panels in the hold area

o Lining the cargo hold o Armouring the fuselage floor

4000 words (7700 words total) Final Comments

bull Costs bull Patent bull Effect on passengers bull Successful and adopted

300 words (8000 words total)

Annex v (TRO Specimen Synopsis) SPECIMEN SYNOPSIS Technical Report Synopsis by A N Other DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL EXPLOSIONS 1 The accident to Pan Am flight PA103 on 21st December 1988 at Lockerbie affected the whole travelling public and in particular those travelling by air It was soon apparent that a detonation of a deliberately placed explosive device caused an in-flight break up of the aircraft The resulting loss of life astounded the world Numerous agencies commenced research into ways of mitigating the effects of internal explosions to ensure sufficient of the aircrafts structural integrity was retained to allow the pilot the opportunity to complete an emergency landing 2 The first recorded accident resulting from the deliberate placing of explosives on aircraft was a DC3 on 07051943 in the Philippines Since then there is a catalogue of accidents and the rate has increased in recent times In 198889 556 fatalities were attributed to deliberate acts and after the Lockerbie accident the threats to scheduled passenger aircraft increased 5 fold To understand the scale of the problem all past incidents were analysed An explosive device detonated on an aircraft essentially causes structural break up other accidents involving in-flight structural failure were therefore included

This overall analysis revealed interesting aspects of aircraft design that could be improved to mitigate the effects of an onboard explosion 3 Following the accident investigation by the UKs Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB) they concluded a bomb had detonated in flight causing the aircraft to break up and crash report reference 290 The AAIB made in their report several recommendations for the design of future transport aircraft The mechanics of an explosion was reviewed in an attempt to quantify the pressures and shock wave characteristics that an aircraft structure would have to endure The whole aircraft design is reviewed to analyse the areas vulnerable to explosion along with the AAIB recommendations and this revealed numerous areas where improvements could easily be made Each will be discussed in outline 4 The research resulted in many hypotheses being considered practical These are split into three categories New Aircraft Designs In Service Aircraft and Non-Starters and to discuss them all would be impractical It is intended to concentrate on the work which had the most personal involvement to develop a blast resistant aircraft baggage container which for in-service aircraft was associated with providing a blast escape route through the fuselage skin and blow out panels in the hold area My work on the baggage container resulted in being a co-inventor for the initial world wide patent application (published with amendment as WO9312997 and later as US patent 5645184) which was featured on Tomorrows World TV programme Work on lining the fuselage cargo hold with blast attenuating material and armouring the fuselage floor will also be discussed 5 Several implications arose during the three-year project that included both ground and air side activities In particular the costs effectiveness of updating aircraft with explosion protection measures the improved techniques for detecting improvised devices the psychological effect on passengers and the likely gains in safety should these measures be adopted will be addressed to conclude the report (498 words)

Annex vi (TRO ndash Content of a Technical Report) CONTENT OF A TECHNICAL REPORT C1 Abstract or Summary C11 The purpose of the Abstract or Summary is to expand on the title and give a brief preacutecis of the whole report for the benefit of a potential reader In the TRO situation your abstract informs the Assessor how you are going to convince him that you have reached the appropriate standard and should be given an interview Your abstract must be intelligible when separated from the parent report so it should not include undefined symbols or expressions whose meaning is unlikely to be understood without reference to the report itself C12 Before commencing the abstract the plan used to prepare the Synopsis see Annex iv should be refined Your paper plan should reflect how you intend to write the report with headings and bullet points of what you intend to say The number of words to be used in each section or paragraph should be estimated to ensure you end up with a balanced report C13 In composing the Abstract it is customary to use the past tense passive voice to describe work carried out but to employ the present tense when referring to new results obtained or conclusions drawn See the example

ldquoA study was made of the rheology of fluidised sand flowing in an inclined open channel At high fluidising velocities the flow may be represented by analogy to non-Newtonian liquid flow At lower fluidising velocities the flow behaviour is modified by shear induced changes in the bed structure and the flow properties in this region depend upon the shear history of the bed It was found that all the results obtained could be correlated with reasonable accuracy to a friction factormodified Reynolds number line This approach is considered sufficiently general to form a useful basis for the design of fluidised conduitsrdquo

C14 Although the Summary appears at the beginning of the report inevitably it must be composed last and with considerable care since it will condition the readers initial impression of the whole report Ideally it should be short no more than one or two sentences in length This is not always possible however and a length of perhaps 100 words would normally be appropriate for a technical report on a substantial piece of work Only in exceptional cases should the Summary exceed 200 words C2 Contents List and Paragraph Numbering C21 The Contents List is to inform the reader what is in the report how it is divided and where to find each section It is usually preferable to divide a long report into a reasonable number of short sections rather than a few large chapters that need to be sub-divided with extensive use of cascaded labelling C22 A typical numbering system is

1 Section or Chapter Title 11 Paragraph number

111 Sub - Paragraph Title in bold and underlined if required 1111 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1112 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

112 Sub-Paragraph 1121 Sub - Sub - Paragraph 1122 Sub - Sub - Paragraph

12 Paragraph 2 Section or Chapter Title 21 Paragraph

hellip and so onhelliphelliphellip C23 The paragraph numbering in an Annex follows the above convention but normally prefixed by the Annex reference as shown in this Annex C24 There are arguments both for and against the numbering of individual paragraphs However when engineers are required to discuss the contents of a report remotely either by phone or e-mail it is more efficient if a paragraph reference can be used C25 Those Professional Engineers who act as Expert Witnesses generally undergo special training and special procedures apply for the preparation of reports [9] In this case reports are written by the expert to help the parties in the preparation of the case andor to help the court reach a decision The reports contain details of all the facts the expert has used to reach an opinion that should be a reasoned analysis of the case The reports are very precise and the numbering throughout the document is essential for those who may need to refer to individual paragraphs or items during court proceedings C26 On balance therefore numbered paragraphs are preferred and this convention has been adopted throughout this document C3 Figures C31 All charts diagrams photographs and other images used to amplify the explanation should be included as Figures and preferably be included in the text as near as possible to the reference point If the complexity of the overall Figures is high then it is permissible to include all the figures in a separate section along with the Nomenclature A List of Figures should be included after the Contents List C4 Introduction C41 The Introduction should outline to the reader the relationship of the work undertaken to the general body of knowledge in the field concerned The aim should be to introduce the nature of the phenomenon to be investigated or problem to be solved and explain the reasons for doing so The clear objective for the work should be established explaining why particular experimental analytical or design techniques were chosen and comment briefly on the value of the eventual outcome

C42 To identify the whole outline of a report that covers a complex and perhaps long running issue in the Introduction may be impractical In these circumstances it is better to have a brief Introduction and add a Background section to detail other relevant information C5 Background or Literature Review C51 It is possible that only a small amount of previous work in a similar area has been reported in which case it may be appropriate to review it in the Introduction Otherwise such a review is best given a section of its own It is then possible to describe in some detail the way in which the work of others has led up to that covered in the report C52 There is an established procedure for referring to the work of others This is shown below in section C13 References C6 TheoryAssumptions C61 The TheoryAssumptions section should include a brief derivation of any theoretical work or analysis used as well as the methodology adopted in the derivation and processing of results Analysis and design techniques used should also be outlined Standard bookwork should not generally be reproduced in full it can be briefly outlined and its source cited as a Reference Any original work should be developed from basic principles but little detail of algebraic manipulation is necessary If it is felt essential to report a very involved theoretical derivation in full this is best done in an Annex to which the reader is referred as appropriate C62 It is essential to define every symbol used together with its units if any which must be consistent Nothing is more distracting to the reader than to come across an undefined symbol or the incorrect or outdated units when following through a piece of analysis or verbal argument If the number of symbols used is small they may be introduced and defined as the analysis proceeds but it is usually better to list all symbols alphabetically in a Nomenclature placed next to the References C63 All important equations should be numbered consecutively either section by section or from the beginning of the report Equations should be displayed on separate lines with plenty of space around them C64 Abbreviations used in the report should also be defined initially immediately following their first occurrence in the text and in the Nomenclature section Extensive use of abbreviations unless they are well known and easily recognised can distract the reader and is not recommended C7 Experimental Equipment and ProcedureApproach C71 Experimental work should be described in sufficient detail to enable another engineer to reproduce the results Details of the nature and type of instruments used should be included but common laboratory equipment need not be mentioned in detail unless it has a particular attribute which is essential to the experiment Diagrams and photographs may be employed freely and should be titled labelled and included as Figures The description of procedures should be brief practical details concerning idiosyncrasies of a rig or a preferred sequence of control manipulation are helpful and could assist a subsequent operator C72 In a report on a piece of design or similar work the assumptions made should be clearly stated and the synthesis evolution and optimisation of the solution should be described Technical reasons why the assumptions are made should be clearly stated C8 Results C81 The usual practice is to report observed results to illustrate by specimen calculation how they have been processed to satisfy the object of the work and present the results so der ived in a manner which is easy and clear to assimilate when reading the Discussion If a spreadsheet or computer program has been used in deriving results the basis of the analysis contained therein should be clearly explained and if possible a sample calculation sequence given As in the case of the Theory section any large tables of figures or lengthy calculation sequences for derived results should be placed in appropriately labelled and referenced Annexes When presenting derived results only material that is directly relevant to the arguments used in the Discussion should be retained in the main report It is frequently possible to present such material graphically as a Figure whilst transferring the associated

tables of numerical data to an Annex There is little point in including pages of computer output whose data points are presented graphically elsewhere or (as frequently happens) the bulk of which are not used at all C82 Every figure photograph and graph should be given a Figure number and a title that is as explanatory as possible The axes of all graphs should be labelled and their scales and units appended in an unambiguous manner The choice of scales should be made with care bearing in mind the purpose for which the graph is being drawn and the accuracy of the data used to construct it The independent variable is usually assigned the horizontal axis and if suppressed zeros are used they should be clearly indicated All data points used in constructing graphs of empirical results should be clearly shown The basis of any curve-fitting techniques used should be briefly explained C83 Experimental data should not be presented without an indication of accuracy The probable limits of accuracy of results derived from measured data should be estimated by the usual techniques Results should be quoted only to the number of significant figures that their accuracy justifies SI units and notational conventions should be used whenever possible Imperial units may be added in parentheses if desired though this should seldom be necessary However if the work was originally completed using imperial units these should be retained and an appropriate note added to the Nomenclature In all cases it is important that the correct notation is used C84 As noted above it is usually better to locate Figures adjacent to the text that refers to them rather than at the end of the report C9 Discussion of Results C91 The purpose of the Discussion is to

bull Examine the reliability of the results of the work bull Comment on the merits of the method used to obtain the results bull To compare the results with theoretical predictions or other associated work if appropriate bull To provide an analysis of what the results mean bull To indicate the usefulness of the results outside the context of the report

C92 The Discussion section is different from the majority of the report in that critical opinion as a professional engineer is passed on the results Judgement must be used to explain their meaning and assess the real worth of the work described C93 The reader and particularly an Assessor will be eager to see what is contained in the Discussion section The interpretation of results will give indications of professional intellect and competence As such indications are fundamental to an assessment of a applicantrsquos suitability for Registration the Discussion section merits a great deal of attention C94 The careful use of precise and objective language is necessary when composing the Discussion even though some of the points dealt with may be matters of opinion If with hindsight there are shortcomings in the work it will reflect strength rather than a weakness to bring these out and offer potential solutions C95 The report may be concerned with several related though different pieces of work in which case it is better to present the results of each piece and discuss them before passing on to the next This can easily be accommodated if the numbering system described in sectC2 is used The main points that arise from each section of the Discussion may then be brought together in the Conclusions C10 Conclusions C101 The Conclusions should follow logically from the material covered in the Discussion section but since a busy reader may well read them in isolation should (like the Summary) be intelligible if separated from the rest of the report A brief and definitive report of the important information in the results and the salient points of the Discussion should be made No new material should be introduced and tentative reports should not be made unless the nature of the work has made this absolutely unavoidable Clearly the Conclusions should relate to the object of the work as suggested by the title and outlined in the Introduction Numerical results that appear should be accompanied by an unambiguous indication of their likely accuracy

C11 Recommendations C111 If the work described in the report is part of a continuing programme of investigation into a particular field it is appropriate to include suggestions as to the areas and the manner in which successors might proceed The attempt should be made to draw on the experience gained in carrying out the work and set down the potential advantages and difficulties associated with furthering particular aspects of it Such recommendations may be of considerable assistance to a subsequent worker who may well be a newcomer to the field C12 Acknowledgements C121 It may be appropriate to acknowledge briefly at the end of the main text of the report assistance given by organisations or individuals In the case of this guidance previous work by Cranfield University and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers is acknowledged C13 References C131 There is often a need to refer to the work of others in the field and to sources of information used in carrying out work A list should be given at the end of the report of all such references so that the reader may consult them if wished The reference list must be complete accurate and unambiguous so that the reader is able to easily locate the reference material C132 A method of citing references is to quote in the text the name of the author of the reference followed by a serial number which indexes it to a numerical list in the References section of the report for example

ldquoThe published advice for practical English usage by Swan [2] was considered ambiguous for technical content However alternative advice by Matthews [3] enabled a clearer presentation of engineering facts to be establishedrdquo

This illustrates an abbreviated method of referring to the work of multiple authors and cites information that a fellow worker has given personally to the author of the report If the work of a long succession of authors is referred to within the space of a sentence or two the names may be omitted and only the numbers cited in parentheses for example [6 7 amp 8] C133 It is very important that the Assessors are able to identify the reference document with ease If the reference is a textbook the page number where the item or formula can be found must be clearly stated The reference should be identified using the following form [7 page 569] If the reference is an internal company document a company stressing policy for example then clearly the Assessors will not have access when reading the Technical Report To enable them to determine whether the applicant has applied the correct theory the relevant page must be enclosed as an Annex In this case the reference should be identified as [X Annex Y] Where a applicant submits a company report showing previous work this must be included in toto as an Annex C14 Bibliography C141 In addition to specific pieces of work cited in the text of the report there may be the need to detail general reference sources used in the work or recommend further reading on related topics Such material can be listed in a Bibliography section in a similar manner to the list of references C15 Nomenclature C151 The Nomenclature is an alphabetical list of definitions of terms and abbreviations used in the report Each term should be accompanied by the units in which it is measured in the correct format (lbfinsup2 rather than psi) The Nomenclature section is normally located after the References section although some applicants prefer to put it at the beginning of the report immediately following the Contents List In addition a list of all abbreviations used should be included either in the Nomenclature or added separately C16 Annexes and Appendices C161 The use of annexes for presentation of such material as theoretical work and tables of results has been referred to in previous sections If a piece of work included design and construction of a large

experimental rig it would be appropriate to record a full description of this as an annex and confine the main body of the report to the experimental work and analysis of results An appendix is used when further information is presented to support evidence in an annex C162 Annexes may therefore be employed to present any material not directly concerned with the main subject material of the report although rough notes and calculations made at the time should be included as an annex to demonstrate the thought processes during the original work at the time Annexes and appendices must be easily accessed whilst the Assessor is reading the remainder of the report C163 It is usual to give each annex a reference letter and place the annex in alphabetical order corresponding to the order of the reference in the main report text The pagination of each annex should be separate from that of the main report and other annexes it is the convention in some organizations to start each annex on an odd page for ease of location The page numbering for each annex may be a continuation of the page numbering for the whole report (as in this case) or separate for each annex when the page numbers should be preceded by the annex reference letter Appendices are treated in a similar manner

Appendix E

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

Report on Assessment for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership No Date of Birth

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements

Does not meet the

competence standard

Meets the competence

standard

Comments

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

APPROVED FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signa

Signature of Chair of the Non Corporate Grading Committee (or their nominated deputy)

Print Name

Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide a full explanation below to enable staff to give the candidate constructive criticism as to the best way forward

Comments

Candidates areas of weakness

Suggestions for improvement

Signature

Date

Appendix F

Key Word Notes for IEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend sound theoretical approach to the application of technology in engineering practice

2 Use a sound evidence-based approach to problem solving and contribute to continuous improvement

B 1 Identify review and select techniques procedures and methods to undertake engineering tasks

2 Contribute to the design and development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and contribute to their evaluation

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Manage the planning budgeting and organisation of tasks people and resources

3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Manage continuous quality improvement

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix G

Key Word Notes for CEng Interviews ndash for assessorrsquos personal use only

Candidatersquos

Name

Membership

number

Place of

Interview

Date

Name of

RAeS

Assessor

Threshold Standards of

Competence amp

Commitment

Key Words written during the Interview

A 1 Maintain and extend

sound theoretical approach in enabling the introduction and exploitation of new amp advancing technology and other relevant developments

2 Engage in the creative and innovative development of engineering technology and continuous improvement systems

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design amp development of engineering solutions

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

C 3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

D 1 Communicate in English with others at all levels

2 Present and discuss proposals

3 Demonstrate personal and social skills

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

Appendix H

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Engineering Technician Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications

(You must refer to all categories A-E)

A Use engineering knowledge and understanding to apply technical and practical skills

B Contribute to the design development manufacture construction commissioning operation or maintenance of products equipment processes systems or services

C Accept and exercise personal responsibility

D Use effective communication and interpersonal skills

E Make a personal commitment to an appropriate code of professional conduct recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR EngTech REGISTRATION (If NO please add comments overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Mrsquoship no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for EngTech registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name

Print Name

Date Date

Appendix I

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Incorporated Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen A Use a combination of general

and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design develop manufacture construct commission operate maintain decommission and recycle engineering processes systems services and products

C Provide technical and commercial management

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR IEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for IEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified

as unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix J

ROYAL AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY

PRI REPORT FORM

Report on Interview for Professional Review for Chartered Engineer Registration

Candidatersquos name

Membership no

Actual start time Actual finish time Date of Birth

Picture ID confirmed (Please circle) YES or NO

COMPETENCE AND COMMITMENT TO THE PROFESSION

UK-SPEC Threshold Statements Poor (1-2)

Satisfactory (3-4)

Good (5-6)

Justifications (You must refer to all categories A-E)

Please complete using a BLACK ballpoint pen

A Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to optimise the application of existing and emerging technology

B Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to the analysis and solution of engineering problems

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

D Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills

E Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards recognising obligations to society the profession and the environment

RECOMMENDATION FOR CEng REGISTRATION (If NO provide justification amp advice to candidate overleaf)

Please circle YES or NO Tick if you consider this candidate outstanding

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Candidatersquos name

Membership no Date

If you are unable to recommend the candidate for CEng registration please provide full reasons for each competence area found to be unsatisfactory This will be used to provide comprehensive and meaningful feedback to the candidate to clearly guide them as to corrective actions to take

Competence areas identified as

unsatisfactory

Reasons for recommendation

Signature of Assessor 1 Signature of Assessor 2

Print Name Print Name

Date Date

Appendix K Guidance for Academic Applicants for CEng Registration

Competence A should not be significantly different to the majority of applicants with a similar profile to those following a corporate route ndash evidence of underpinning degree (most likely supplemented with a MScPhD level qualification in area of specialism) higher level teaching qualification (for instance Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education Teaching) professional development course attendance (internal and external) Competence B should reflect the practical application of theoretical knowledge within the context of engineering research Evidence could include holding UK Research Council (EPSRCESRC) European (FP7 ERC) TSB or industrially funded grants and presenting both the research implementation complemented with the identified pathway to impact for the work (societalindustrial context of academic research) Pathway to Impact statements (or similar) are becoming commonplace in the application procedures for many of the main research funding bodies and require a clear demonstration of mapping of fundamental research through to end application area For example (fictitious examples)

B 1 Identify potential projects and opportunities

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As a follow on from earlier non-destructive testing work I identified that ultrasonic waves produced from pulsed laser sources could be used for continuous monitoring of potential defects in aerospace composites This was successfully presented to EPSRC as a research programme and has been funded for a period of three years

FP7 xxxxxxxx Acoustic Modelling of Turbofan Ducts This research programme was developed through a consortium to consider the development of new acoustic modelling approaches for turbofan ducts I identified that there was a lack of understanding in predicting sound transmission in the new generation of composite acoustic liners and I proposed this should be incorporated into the description of work to our industrial partners I now lead a Work Package which is devoted to this topic

Workshop on NextGen ATM As part of my work in ATM modelling I identified that there was a lack of understanding of NextGen in my research team I secured funding from my Head of School and invited speakers from academic ATM stakeholders in the US for a workshop to discuss the issues and identify areas of common interest

2 Conduct appropriate research and undertake design and development of engineering solutions

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As the PI for this programme I was responsible for the development of a robust system which could be used for the continuous monitoring of crack propagation using ultrasonic waves This was extensively tested and reported on through academic publications and conference presentations

PhD LESDES modelling of cavity flows During my PhD I benchmarked the use of DES modelling approaches against other commonly used CFD modelling tools and developed a best practice for the use of DES for this type of problem Approaches were validated through a series of supporting experimental tests and published in peer reviewed Aeronautical Journal

3 Implement design solutions and evaluate their effectiveness

As WP lead for the development of a new modelling approach for sound transmission in acoustic liners I was responsible for ensuring integration of the models with those developed in other WPs and interfacing on a regular basis with other WP leaders to ensure consistency in methods and to identify conflicts in processes as early as possible

Test facility upgrade As part of a major refurbishment of facilities within the university I was responsible for identifying the technical need for a new test facility liaising with contractors on specification and overseeing the installation of the new test cell I developed the accompanying test procedure manual and evaluated the new test cell against the original specification

PhD Research My PhD was industrially funded by xxxxx and I was responsible for the implementation and testing of the improved baseline cost-time analysis model into the existing legacy systems and to provide detailed guidance and trainingdocumentation on the use of the new system

Competence C should again have similarities to that which would be presented by a corporate applicant although it is likely to be based on a number of smaller budgetteam projects Typical examples would be research council funding applications (project planning manpower forecasting justification of resources and financial projections) research grant management (financial management funding body reporting day-to-day project management including postgraduatepostdoctoral staff staff mentoringappraisals and training) and PhD student management (financial management training facilitation and CPD for student progress monitoring and evaluation) For example (fictitious examples)

C 1 Plan for effective project implementation

EPxxxxxxxxx1 As part of preparation of a funding submission to EPSRC for an ultrasonic wave monitoring system I was responsible for developing the statement of work including manpower facility and equipment needs and associated budgetary breakdown

As a PhD supervisor for three PhD research students I identify potential work proposals that can be achieved within a three year period development of initial work plans with students which are reviewed through regularly scheduled progress meetings identification and planning of necessary training and identificationmanagement of financial support packages

2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

As the Principal Investigator for a Technology Strategy Board (TSB) funded research programme I was responsible for the project plan and ensuring that work packages were progressing on schedule preparation and submission of quarterly financial statements meetings with the TSB monitor to report on progress and preparation of yearly technical reportsfinal project report I maintained the project risk register and identified strategies for dealing with areas of concern

As programme director for Aeronautical Engineering I am responsible for the delivery of the educational programmes and their compliance with quality assurance standards I lead the academic staff in delivery of the courses planning teaching activities workload allocation and planning of budgets on a yearly basis for the delivery of teaching related activities

3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

All projects As line manager for a team of five postdoctoral research fellows I am responsible for both ensuring that staff members are completing technical objectives both on time and to standard and ensuring that all staff are regularly appraised in order to discuss issues and to planreport against CPD activities

As primary supervisor for two PhD students I am responsible for regular monitoring of work reporting and feedback on progress identifying training opportunities and needs

4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

All research projects For both postdoctoral and PhD students I ensure that I have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss progress and to provide feedback on regular intervals to support staff and to enhance quality of output I also encourage staffstudents to

participate in international conferencesforums in order to get regular peer feedback on work

All teaching activities as an engineering lecturer I participate in yearly module and pathway review activities in order to ensure that all taught engineering modules compile with accreditation requirements and to engage in debate with colleagues on module content to ensure content remains relevant

Competence D should again not be significantly different from any other category of applicant typical examples including engagement with industrial partners local schools university-wide committees professional societies technical conference presentations conferencejournal paper publication Competence E should again be reasonably similar to most applications highlighting how development as an engineering researcher has been followed to date and how they anticipate continuing For most academic applicants there should be clear evidence of engagement with those outside of the university through a range of potential activities as this is a major activity in most academic departments (Open Days Open Evenings voluntary organisations such as Sentinus WISE etc) For example (fictitious examples)

E 1 Comply with relevant codes of conduct

As PI for the industrially funded xxxxxx I am responsible for the agreement of and compliance with non-disclosure agreements for commercially sensitive data

For all wind tunnel testing that is undertaken as part of grant agreement FP7 xxxxxxxx I am responsible for ensuring that all risk assessments are conducted prior to testing and that all Health and Safety codes are reviewed on a regular basis to maintain current awareness of regulations and impact on testing

2 Manage and apply safe systems of work

I conduct Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) for all research programmes with particular responsibility for those which require the use of carbon nanotubes

All projects When conducting any new testing I am responsible for ensuring the completion of full risk assessments and to liaise with the Health and Safety Officer when appropriate to ensure that all regulations are fully complied with

3 Undertake engineering activities in a way that contributes to sustainable development

When designing new test specimens all designs are checked for material wastage and to reduce scrap material where at all possible All test specimens are carefully stored post testing if re-use of components may be possible

Outreach programme I am currently a member of our School outreach programme which involves running engineering awareness days for local Schools with a range of environmentally focused engineering demonstrations

4 Carry out continuing professional development necessary to maintain and enhance competence in own area of practice

I successfully completed an MSc in Aerospace Vehicle Design from xxxxxx which allowed me to gain a deeper insight into wider issues associated with the design and development of a broad spectrum of Aerospace Vehicles moving forward into my PhD research programme

I regularly attend the Royal Aeronautical Society Annual conference to both present ongoing work and also to keep up to date with the latest research in my field

Appendix L

As this document is subject to review please refer to the extranet to ensure you have the most recent version

Guidance Note The Professional Review Interview Introduction The Professional Review Interview (PRI) is a fundamental element of the registration process and mandatory for Incorporated Engineers and Chartered Engineers For Engineering Technicians the interview is at the discretion of the Licensed Member concerned but is often used for Individual Route cases a sample of Standard Route cases and marginal cases The requirements for assessment of competence and commitment of all applicants for registration are set out in paragraphs 10 to 18 of the UK-SPEC Regulations for Registration (paragraphs 13 to 18 specifically cover the PRI) The PRI is the final stage of the review process Before it there will have been a review of documentary evidence to ensure that applicants have demonstrated the required knowledge and understanding (through exemplifying qualifications or other means) and that they have had appropriate professional development and working experience to be considered for registration at the level applied for Ideally no-one should reach the stage of the PRI who does not have a very good chance of being successful This guidance note aims to answer some of the most frequently asked questions about the PRI process and reflects discussion within Engineering Council committees and with Licensed Members It does not form part of UK-SPEC It will be kept under review and comments from institutions are welcome For any further clarification please contact the Engineering Council Further information on the Interviewing process can be found on the Extranet under Workshops and Seminars The Guidance Note on the Assessment of EngTech Applicants should also be consulted Interviewers and Interview Panels Q What category of registration should the interviewers be A Ideally at least one should be in the registration category in which the applicant is seeking registration The prime requirements are that they should be trained and competent to assess and have substantial experience in the relevant engineering discipline Q Do the interviewers require training A Yes it is essential that the interviewers maintain their competence through initial training regular updating and also by conducting interviews regularly Page 1 of 4 Q Should a chairman be appointed for the interview panel A Yes primarily to ensure suitable management of the actual interview including keeping to time and ensuring all five competence areas (including non-technical ones) are covered Q What is the maximum size of the interview panel A Two interviewers are required under the Regulations An additional interviewer may be added and moderators trainees and other observers may attend some interviews but the total number should be

kept to a minimum The applicant must be considered and should be made aware in advance of all members present at the interview and their roles Q Should the relationship between interviewers and applicants be considered A Institutions should wherever possible appoint interviewers who do not have a working or other relationship with the applicant When this is impossible any working or other relationship needs to be made transparent so there need to be appropriate procedures in place for declarations of interest for both parties A declared interest need not preclude an interview continuing as planned but there should be procedures for appointing an alternative interviewer where a conflict of interest might be seen to prejudice a judgement All parties should be aware of and comfortable with those involved in the interview Q Can the interviewers be from the same organisation as the applicant (or from a competitor) A Whenever possible interviewers should not be from the same organisation as the applicant Where this cannot be avoided care should be taken to ensure that the relationship will not preclude a fair interview process (this precaution can also be relevant to interviewers from a competitor) One reviewer should always be from outside the applicantrsquos immediate organisation Q Can the interview be conducted jointly with internal company interviews A This is not prohibited but the requirements of the PRI must demonstrably be met Q Is it acceptable to use interviewers from other institutions A Yes providing they met the requirements of paragraph 13 of the Regulations Q May we use fixed pairings of interviewers A This is not encouraged If circumstances require it then a suitable moderation process must be in place Interviewing Assessment and Moderation Q What is the prime responsibility of the interviewers A To exercise professional judgment in a holistic assessment of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment against the relevant sections of UK-SPEC Each applicant should be assessed against the threshold standard and not against other applicants Page 2 of 4 Q How can the consistency of interview standards be assured A Moderation of assessments is important and can be achieved through a combination of activities Primarily at least a sample of interviewersrsquo recommendations should be reviewed by the relevant committee In addition staff third interviewers or independent observers (eg from the Engineering Council or other institutions) can contribute to moderation as can discussions at the regular training updates Q What is the ideal length of the interview A Ideally between 60 and 90 minutes Thorough preparation including assessment of the application and briefing of the interviewers should have been completed prior to the interview Q Can the interview be conducted remotely A Yes However robust arrangements must be made to confirm the identity of the applicant to authenticate any evidence and to ensure that the interview environment is appropriate and is

demonstrably not open to abuse It is essential that voice and vision contact is maintained throughout the interview Applicants must have agreed to this type of interview The PRI record should indicate that it was performed remotely Records of the number of remote PRIs should be maintained Institutions should develop document and approve detailed processes based on this guidance specifying the technology employed and procedures to be taken in the event of any break in transmission Reporting Recommendations and Decisions Q What is the purpose of the report on the Professional Review A Reports are essential to justify the assessorsrsquo recommendations and ensure transparency as well as to facilitate moderation within the institution and to provide evidence of process for Engineering Council licensing They also provide essential evidence in the case of an appeal by an applicant against a decision or in the case of any subsequent challenge to the suitability of a successful applicant Assessors must therefore complete a report on each applicant Q What needs to be recorded in the report A The report should record the assessorsrsquo judgments and recommendation and these should be justified by appropriate evidential statements that show whether the applicant has demonstrated all of the UK-SPEC competence and commitment requirements for the category of registration which is sought The statements should reflect any evidence which the assessors may have from any assessment of the applicant carried out before the Professional Review Interview (PRI) as well as from the PRI itself The report should only contain matter relating to the assessment of competence and commitment and extraneous statements about the applicant should be avoided Page 3 of 4 Q How should Licensed Members support the reporting process A By ensuring that the scheduling of PRIs allows adequate time for assessors to prepare reports and by ensuring that the training of assessors covers recording and report preparation Q Do the interviewers decide an applicant may be registered A No they make recommendations to the membership committee (or equivalent) Q What level of PRI success rate is considered good practice A There is no specific figure However institutions are recommended to monitor success rates and should be prepared to consider the possible causes of any departure from normal trends Q Are conditional passes allowed A No the interviewers must decide if the applicant satisfies the competence and commitment requirements of UK-SPEC Those who do not should be advised what they still need to demonstrate and invited to reapply when they can provide the required evidence Q Can interviewers recommend to a committee that an applicant is registered at a different level of registration than that which has been sought A Yes but only in exceptional circumstances and provided that the interviewers are suitably trained Report forms must be completed for both categories These variations must be discussed and approved by the appropriate committee If this occurs too frequently a wider review of the whole professional review process should be undertaken Q Do the individual competences have to be scored or graded for each applicant A No this is for institutions to decide If scoring or grading is used it should not assign more weight to any area(s) of competence than to others Scoring or grading does not remove the need for a holistic view to be taken of the applicantrsquos competence and commitment

After the interview Q Can the responsible committee overturn a recommendation A Yes but this should only happen in exceptional circumstances The reasons for such a decision should be recorded and there should be a review of processes Q How long should interview records be retained A QAC has determined that interview records including any proforma completed by an interviewer during the interview should be retained for five years All other personal notes made by the interviewer should be shredded immediately after the interview Q Does there have to be an appeal process A Yes and details of this should be available to all applicants Appeals should only be based on process (it was not followed) and perversity (it was not fair) Page 4 of 4 QAC amp RSC approved

Finalised 20120302rs

Appendix M

Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Kate Walker Membership Coordinator The Institution of Engineers Australia Email KWALKERengineersaustraliaorgau From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the RAeSIEAust Mutual Recognition Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IEAust

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IEAust

3 Formation under general supervision of IEAust

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IEAust under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Recognition Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Engineers Australia

Appendix N IPENZ Membership Confirmation Form 25 August 2016 To Membership Coordinator The Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Email From Lynn Beattie Royal Aeronautical Society Email lynnbeattieaerosocietycom Dear Kate The following candidate has applied for Chartered Engineer registration via the IPENZEngC Mutual Exemption Agreement Please confirm eligibility against the items shown

SURNAME Given Names RAeS MNo IPENZ

MNo

Date of Birth

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA YES NO

NA or Date

1 Is a current Member in good standing (please specify grade)

2a Washington Accord accredited academic qualification or

2b Substantially equivalent academic formation assessed by IPENZ

3 Formation under general supervision of IPENZ

4 Admission to Corporate Membership of IPENZ under normal procedures and criteria

5 Undergone a Professional InterviewExamination

6 Date of InterviewExamination

7 Mutual Exemption Agreement applies

I confirm the above information has been provided from the official Membership records of IEAust and that the Royal Aeronautical Society is entitled to rely on it in judging the person named for Corporate Membership of that Institution and recognition as a Chartered Professional Engineer The confirmation of standing is provided subject to the following comments

Certified by Name on behalf of Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand

Appendix O Guidance on Military Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix P Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipMRR20(CEng)2020v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix Q Guidance on MOD Civilian Route to Registration CEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipCEng20MoD20CRR20Guidance20v1c20July202012pdf

Appendix R Guidance on Military Route to Registration IEng httpwwwaerosocietycomAssetsDocsMembershipIEng20MoD20CRRGuidance20v1d20July202012pdf

Appendix S

Professional Registration - the (not so) frequently asked questions There is a wealth of information on Professional Registration for EngTech IEng and CEng available on the websites of the RAeS and Engineering Council (EngC) Despite this there are routinely a small number of applications at every Registration Committee that with a little more polish could lsquosellrsquo their application a bit more effectively and make a successful transition to Professional Review and Interview (PRampI) To aid this the Registration Committee have compiled the Top 10 (Not So) Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to help not only applicants but Referees too Q Professional Registration is such a pain why do I need to complete such a detailed form A Remember that your application and particularly your declaration of competences and commitments is your statement as to why you believe you meet the EngC standard for registration You must decide (with the support of mentors and colleagues who understand your career and capabilities) on the content of the application We can only give broad guidance The job of the Registration Committee and the Professional Review assessors is then to validate

your statement and decide whether they believe the standard has been met The application process has been developed over the years to help you understand your own career in relation to the EngC standard and to best prepare you for the PRampI Q Must every box of the Qualifying Report Form be completed A No However think of this like a lsquosales pitchrsquo the more information that you give to the Registration Committee and your Professional Review assessors to consider the easier their job will be to discuss your strengths as you have presented them Q Can a particular activity appear in more than one box A Certainly ndash but make sure that the evidence statement relates each time to the relevant competence Q Can an activity from early in my career be used as evidence A In general a more recent activity where competence and responsibility is likely to be greater is likely to carry more weight But itrsquos your choice ndash if you have a strong case based on early work then use it Q Can an activity from outside the work environment be used as evidence A Again activity within the workplace is likely to carry more weight But if you have a stronger demonstration of competence or commitment from outside the workplace then you can choose to use it Q I have had feedback from the Committee which says ndash lsquoneeds to demonstrate broader evidence in section B2rsquo ndash what did I do wrong A Sometimes applicants work in a narrow field and either discuss tasks or explain what the team did The Qualifying Report Form (QRF) is all about your contribution and what you were responsible for Applications that illustrate lsquoI was the Principal Engineer responsible for the delivery of helliphellip lsquo Or lsquoI was personally responsible for a team of 8 Engineers and tested the hellip rsquo Or lsquoI designed the LP1 fan blade of Trent 700-100 and conducted the FEA analysis of all design cases over a 12-month periodrsquo Or if you need to mention a team activity lsquoWithin the xxxx team I was responsible forhelliprsquo These are more likely to provide clear and unambiguous examples which explain what you actually led managed produced and were responsible for Q If I do not have strong evidence for a particular sub-competence am I wasting my time in proceeding with the application

A The PRampI assessors will mark the interview at the top level of the five competencescommitments A ndash E For them to recommend registration you must be assessed as satisfactory or higher in each of the five However a weakness in one sub-part of a competence may be balanced by strengths in another sub-part of the same competence allowing a satisfactory rating for that competence as a whole Q What should I look to get my Mentor or Referee to do for me A Your company Graduate Mentor or Referee should review every section of the QRF objectively

Have you given key evidence of what you actually achieved

Have you provided unambiguous examples of your personal experience that demonstrate your depth and range of technical managerial and leadership competence

Are there any gaps in the boxes (see earlier FAQ) do you have any spalling mistekes

Are you able to discuss all examples to a good technical depth Your Mentor or Referee should also be able to tell you if they consider you not ready for Professional Registration Enthusiasm is always welcomed but ask yourself honestly what if you completed another 6 or 12 months of directed CPD to boost your application Your EngTech IEng or CEng should not be seen as something to simply lsquotick offrsquo but part of your Continuous Professional Development as a competent experienced and Professional Engineer Q Why does it take so long to process A The Registration Committee sits 5 times per year ndash Feb Apr June September and November and full details are on the RAeS website Closing dates are up to 4 weeks before so with up to 60 applications per meeting to be reviewed the HQ staff always appreciate early delivery Applicants will usually receive confirmation of an interview date or additional application guidance within 10 working days of a Registration Committee meeting And finally helliphellip Q Who do I contact if I have a specific query with my application A Anyone from the Membership team will be able to help you In the first instance you can contact Margaret Breugelmans the Professional Development Officer (margaretbreugelmansaerosocietycom or 0207 670 4323) Margaret will be more than happy to discuss your queries (applicants or referees too) or help direct you a member of the Committee or Aerospace Community who can help you with your application

Appendix T

Guidance on Competence C Standards for CEng

Introduction

This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of a Chartered Engineer (CEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at a CEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Systematically review the factors affecting the project implementation including safety and sustainability considerations

bull Define a holistic and systematic approach to risk identification assessment and management

bull Lead on preparing and agreeing implementation plans and method statements

bull Ensure that the necessary resources are secured and brief the project team

bull Negotiate the necessary contractual arrangements with other stakeholders (client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Leadmanage project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Carry out project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders and negotiate agreement to the plans

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Negotiate and agree contractswork orders

To demonstrate this competence the candidate needs to have at least carried out some level of project planning and management This could include activities as simple as planning their own work schedule or better that of a team or ensuring that the required resources to undertake a particular project are available and that the progress of the project is appropriately monitored and controlled

Note that they may not have direct supervisory control over the team but nevertheless may by suitable influence planning or negotiation be able to demonstrate that they understand and can demonstrate the essential elements of project planning and implementation In many cases they may have to negotiate and agree with other stakeholders to ensure that there is agreement to the proposed plan of action

Unless in the very early stages of their career even technical specialists or academics should normally have had opportunity to carry out this sort of activity and should therefore be able to provide examples to support this competence

In extreme examples from outside their professional life eg Running a sports tournament or youth activity can be considered to support any professional activities although these may not carry the same weight as direct professional experience

Remember they do not have to be experts in project management but need to have an appreciation of and some experience of applying what is required

Planning their own work schedule on its own is unlikely to provide sufficient evidence of competence but can combine with other evidence to provide sufficient

demonstration

C2 Plan budget organise direct and control tasks people and resources

This could include an ability to

bull Set up appropriate management systems

bull Define quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Organise and lead work teams coordinating project activities

bull Ensure that variations from quality standards programme and budgets are identified and that corrective action is taken

bull Gather and evaluate feedback and recommend improvements Take responsibility for and control project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage risk register and contingency systems

Manage project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Lead manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

As with C1 although it is undoubtedly easier to demonstrate this competence if the candidate is directly responsible for supervision of a group or project nevertheless the competence may be demonstrated by an ability to influence project outcomes by negotiation and indirect influence For example a technical specialist such as a Quality Engineer Structures Engineer or a Safety Engineer may be central to defining and controlling quality and safety standards within a project To ensure that these are satisfactorily adhered to they may have to liaise with and influence a wide range of other engineers within the overall project team and this ability to do so can be used as a demonstration of the required competence Clearly controlling onersquos own allotted work packages although useful is again not in itself sufficient to fully demonstrate this competence

C3 Lead teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Lead and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

Whilst once more this competence is most easily demonstrated by a candidate in a position where they have a number of staff under their direct supervision the absence of such direct supervisory responsibility is not necessarily a barrier to demonstration of the competence Engineers without direct teams may still be able to demonstrate their ability to for example assess the performance of others and provide input to training and development of staff

They may be strong contributors to the identification of required professional standards and advise on what may be required to ensure these are met by a team or organisation of which they are a part

C4 Bring about continuous improvement through quality management

This could include an ability to

Plan and implement best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced

Here an understanding of quality and how it relates and can be applied to all aspects of the professional environment is the key requirement

bull Promote quality throughout the organisation and its customer and supplier networks

bull Develop and maintain operations to meet quality standards

bull Direct project evaluation and propose recommendations for improvement

scorecard

Carry out quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

This can be demonstrated in a wide variety of ways In general the candidate should demonstrate that they are aware of and consistently follow best practice methods and that consideration of past performance informs future methods of working In addition it would be advantageous to their cause but not essential if they can provide clear evidence that they have some role in promoting such behaviours within their organisation A simple example may be evidence that reviews of projects are carried out so that recording of ldquolessons learnedrdquo can be made Even relatively inexperienced engineers should have an opportunity to demonstrate this although clearly in the early part of their career the evidence may be light

If somehow they have no apparent understanding or awareness of quality and continuous improvement then clearly the competence cannot be demonstrated

Appendix U

Guidance on Competence C Standards for IEng

Introduction This note is intended to provide some expansion on the ldquoCrdquo competence standards defined within UK-SPEC to demonstrate that an engineer is working at a level appropriate to that of an Incorporated Engineer (IEng) Demonstration of this group of competences relating to Technical and Commercial Leadership often seem to be particularly problematic where the prospective candidate is either relatively early in their career or else has a perhaps more specialised role where direct managerial responsibility may not be present This may also apply to those from an academic background Clearly if they cannot be demonstrated either due to lack of opportunity in their current role or lack of experience then it is not appropriate to consider that they are working at an IEng level Nevertheless an interviewer conducting a Professional Review Interview does need to take a flexible and holistic approach to assessment of the candidates ability to demonstrate competence in this area For example just because a candidate does not have direct responsibility for management of staff this may not preclude them from demonstrating sufficient competence in this area The examples provided by UK-SPEC in Column 3 are not exhaustive neither do they all require to be demonstrated They are simply examples of some typical things that could be provided to evidence a particular competence but this may be done in many other ways It is not required to demonstrate that all aspects of competence are present to a high degree but overall it is to be demonstrated that there is sufficient awareness of what is required to provide technical and commercial leadership and that there is clear evidence that some degree of practice of a significant range of the behaviours that make up the competence have been and are being practiced There is also no requirement within UK-SPEC that these competences have to be carried out over a particular period of time Clearly it is not sufficient that there is knowledge without any opportunity for practice but the judgement of what constitutes a reasonable degree of competence and therefore a sufficient degree of practice is ultimately a subjective one based on the experience of the interviewer

C Provide technical and commercial leadership

Competence Requirement Possible Examples RAeS Comments

C1 Plan for effective project implementation

This could include an ability to

bull Identify factors affecting the project

implementation

bull Carry out holistic and systematic risk

identification assessment and management

bull Prepare and agree implementation plans

and method statements

bull Secure the necessary resources and confirm

roles in project team

bull Apply the necessary contractual

arrangements with other stakeholders

(client subcontractors suppliers etc)

Managecontribute to project planning activities

Produce and implement procurement plans

Contribute to project risk assessments

Collaborate with key stakeholders

Plan programmes and delivery of tasks

Identify resources and costs

Prepare and agree contractswork orders

The Candidate needs to demonstrate that they have been actively participating in project planning and have influenced managed planning activities

This can be through planning and managing their own work or being influential in participating in the construct (in terms of effort duration and cost) or the day to day progress reporting or management of specific work packages within say a larger program

Early careers technical specialists and those within academia should be able to undertake this type of activity and provide evidence to demonstrate competence

Examples may be cited that are outside of normal professional activities such as planning and running events or voluntary schemes These may not carry the same weight as those offered by direct professional experience

Candidates do not have to be experts in the field of project management but need to demonstrate an appreciation of how to plan contribute and control project planning activities

C2 Manage tasks people and resources to plan and budget

This could include an ability to

Operate appropriate management systems

bull Work to the agreed quality standards programme and budget within legal and statutory requirements

bull Manage work teams coordinating project activities

bull Identify variations from quality standards programme and budgets and take corrective action

bull Evaluate performance and recommend improvements

Managecontribute to project operations

Manage the balance between quality cost and time

Manage contingency processes

Contribute to the management of project funding payments and recovery

Satisfy legal and statutory obligations

Manage tasks within identified financial commercial and regulatory constraints

Managing and controlling onersquos own allocated work packages is not sufficient to demonstrate this competence

This should be satisfied by influencing project outcomes through negotiation offering demonstrable advice or stipulating the adherence to appropriate standards that impact the course of a program

If the candidate is operating as a technical specialist in say Safety Engineering they should play a key role in defining the safety standards associated with the project and thus demonstrate how they liaise with and influence the behaviour of other project team

members

C3 Manage teams and develop staff to meet changing technical and managerial needs

This could include an ability to

bull Agree objectives and work plans with teams and individuals

bull Identify team and individual needs and

plan for their development

bull Reinforce team commitment to professional standards

bull Manage and support team and individual development

bull Assess team and individual performance and provide feedback

Carry outcontribute to staff appraisals

Plancontribute to the training and development of staff

Gather evidence from colleagues of the management assessment and feedback that you have provided

Carry outcontribute to disciplinary procedures

This competence is most easily satisfied if the candidate holds a position where they are directly supervising a number of staff

If this is not the case then candidates may still be able to satisfy this competence by demonstrating how they are influencing the performance and careers of other engineers by actively being involved in mentoring training or performance appraisals

C4 Manage continuous quality improvement

This could include an ability to

bullEnsure the application of quality management principles by team members and colleagues

bull Manage operations to maintain quality standards

bull Evaluate projects and make recommendations for improvement

Promote quality

Managecontribute to best practice methods of continuous improvement eg ISO 9000 EFQM balanced scorecard

Carry outcontribute to quality audits

Monitor maintain and improve delivery Identify implement and evaluate changes to meet quality objectives

The candidate needs to demonstrate an understanding of quality management and how this impacts the professional environment and successful performance of any project

At this level they should know what standards they are operating to and how they are implementing these into best practice

The most powerful examples would be the provision of evidence that the individual undertakes retrospective project reviews and establishes evidence around any lessons learnt that can be applied in future programs

These reviews may be at a personal level such as establishing what they could do better next time to improve both their quality of work and their influence on the program performance

If they have no understanding of quality and continuous improvement then this competence cannot be demonstrated


Recommended